Final EIA Report - Welcome to...

Environmental Impact Assessment &

Environmental Management Plan

For EIA/EMP for Kawatha Manganese Mine

(Lease area: 26.67 Ha) located at Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District, Maharashtra

Project Proponent

Lessee: Smt. Rachana A. Belorkar

EIA Consultant

QCI-NABET Accredited EIA Consultant for Metallurgical Industries (Sector 1) MoEF&CC (GOI) and NABL Recognized Laboratory

ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004, OHSAS 18001:2007 60, Bajiprabhu Nagar, Nagpur - 440 033, MS

Lab. & Consultancy: FP-34, 35, Food Park, MIDC, Butibori, Nagpur – 441122 Ph.: (0712) 2242077, 9373287475

Email: [email protected], [email protected] website: www.anaconlaboratories.com

Report No.: ANqr/PD/20A/2016/74

Category : A

February, 2019

Registered Office: Site Office:

R/o Plot no. 57, Flat no.

D/2 Kanchangeet Apartment, Shivaji Nagar,

Nagpur M.S.

Pin – 440010

Mob No. +91 9371110101

Email- [email protected]

[email protected]

Khasrano.(251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268,

269, 271, 272)

Village - Kawatha

Tehsil - Saoner

District - Nagpur

Pin code - 441112

Final EIA Report

http://www.anaconlaboratories.com/

mailto:Email- [email protected]




mailto:[email protected]

Final EIA Report

Smt. Rachna Belorkar (Lessee)

EIA-EMP Studies for Kawatha Manganese Mine

(Lease area: 26.67 Ha) Cat A project located at

Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil,

Nagpur District, Maharashtra

Project No. : ANqr /PD/20A/2016/74

Version: 02

Release Date: 19th February 2019

DISCLAIMER The EIA report is prepared by M/s. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. Nagpur

(a consultant organization accredited by QCI-NABET) as per the approved TOR issued by the Expert Appraisal Committee, Ministry of Environment, Forest &

Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi vide ToR Letter No. F.No.J-11015/227/2015-IA.II(M), dated 9th November, 2017 with all reasonable

skill, care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms and Conditions of profession and taking

account of the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client & complying MoEF&CC & QCI-NABET requirements.

For and on behalf of M/s. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Particulars Signature

Prepared

by : Mr. Gyanchand Bohra

(EIA Coordinator)

: Mr. Shrikant Vyawhare

(Associate EC)

Approved

by :

Dr. D.G. Garway

(Head of ACO & MD)

Month &

Year : February 2019

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 1

Declaration by Expert

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA “EIA-EMP Studies for Kawatha Manganese Mine

(Lease area: 26.67 Ha) Cat A project located at Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur

District, Maharashtra” by Lessee: Smt. Rachana A Belorkar

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA. EIA coordinator:

Name: Mr. Gyanchand Bohra

Signature and Date: .........................................................................................................................

Period of involvement: September 2017 to February 2019

Associate EIA coordinator:

Name: Mr. Shrikant Vyawhare

Signature and Date: .........................................................................................................................

Period of involvement: September 2017 to February 2019

Contact information: Email id. [email protected]; Tel. No. 0712-2242077

Functional area experts:

S. No.

Functional areas

Name of the expert/s

Involvement (period and task**)

Signature and date

1.

AP*

Dr. D.G. Garway

September 2017 to March 2018 (Identification & Assessment of Impacts, Suggestion Mitigation Measures)

2. Mr. Subhradip Mondal


3.

WP*

Dr. Atul Takarkhede




5.

SHW*

Mrs. Farin T N Khan


6. Dr. Atul Takarkhede


mailto:[email protected]


S. No.

Functional areas



Signature and date

7.

SE*

Mr. Rajendra Korde


8. Ms. Shilpa Chandekar


9. EB* Mr. Shrikant Vyawhare


10.

HG* GEO*

Mr. Gyanchand Bohra


11. Mr. Mithilesh Padhye


12.

SC*

Dr. D.G. Garway


13. Mr. Swarup Tripathy


14.

AQ*

Mrs. Farin T N Khan




16.

NV*

Mr. Gyanchand Bohra





S. No.

Functional areas



Signature and date

18. LU* Mr. Swarup Tripathy


19. RH* Mr. Rakesh Gupta


*One TM against each FAE may be shown

**Please attach additional sheet if required

S.

No.

Functio

nal

areas

Name of

the

expert/s

Name of the

Team

Member/s

Involvement

(period and task**) Signature and date

1. SHW Mrs. Farin T N Khan

Mr. Swarup Tripathy


Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, Dr. D.G. Garway, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA “EIA-

EMP Studies for Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) Cat A project located at

Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District, Maharashtra” by Lessee: Smt. Rachana A

Belorkar. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-

leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature: ........................................................................................................................................

Name: Dr. D. G. Garway

Designation: Head of ACO & MD

Name of the EIA consultant organization: M/s. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0059(Rev.01) Dtd. 29th Nov. 2017

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Final EIA/EMP for Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) located at Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District, Maharashtra Lessee: Smt. Rachana A Belorkar

Executive Summary 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1 INTRODUCTION

This is a proposed Manganese Mineral mine having a mining lease of 26.67 Ha. located in Khasra

no. 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272 of Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil of Nagpur

District, Maharashtra & is a Category „A‟ project as per EIA Notification 2006. The lease area falls

under Survey of India Topo-sheet no. 55K/15 and lies between Latitudes 21° 29' 57.810" N to 21°

29' 32.541" N & Longitudes 78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E. This is a proposed project.

The mineable reserve under Proved category is calculated to be about 6400 tonnes and production of

ROM will be @2732 TPA. The mined out area would be backfilled and plantation would be carried

out on reclaimed area after winning all possible minerals. Life of mine will be 5 Years. During the

period of mine plan further exploration is proposed in Mine lease area to enhance the Reserve

quantity

1.1.1 Identification of Project

This is a newly proposed Mn mine. The project is located at Khasra No. 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267,

268, 269, 271, 272, Village: Kawatha, Tehsil: Saoner District: Nagpur, Maharashtra over an area of

26.67 Ha. It is proposed to produce 2732 TPA Manganese from the mine by manual opencast

method of mining. The project is applied for Environmental clearance as per EIA notification dated

14th September 2006 and its amendments. Since the applied mine lease area is located at 0.5 km

distance from Madhya Pradesh - Maharashtra Interstate Boundary, it falls under “Category A” based

on the Schedule Clause no 1(a) of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendments.

The ToR was granted by the Expert Appraisal Committee vide letter No. J-11015/227/2015-IA.II(M)

dated 9th November 2017. This EIA is prepared based on the approved ToR dated9th November

2017. The total cost of the project is estimated as Rs. 302 lakhs.

The Maharashtra State Pollution Control Board conducted Public consultation/hearing for the

proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine (Production capacity - 2732 TPA and ML Area 26.67 Ha) on

19.10.2018 at 12.00 noon at Grampanchayat office, Kawatha, Tal. Saoner, Dist. Nagpur of

Maharashtra State. The details of public hearing are provided in EIA-EMP report.

1.1.2 Location of the Project

This is a new proposed Mn mine project. The project is located at Khasra No. 251, 253, 254, 255,

259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272, Village: Kawatha, Tehsil: Saoner District: Nagpur, Maharashtra over an

area of 26.67 Ha. It is proposed to produce 2732 TPA Manganese from the mine by manual opencast

method of mining.

The lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet no. 55K/15 and lies between Latitudes 21° 29'

57.810" N to 21° 29' 32.541" N & Longitudes 78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E.

TABLE 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Sl. Particulars Details

1. Project Location Khasra No. : 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272.

Village - Kawatha

Tehsil – Saoner

District - Nagpur, Maharashtra

2. Latitude/Longitude Latitudes 21° 29' 57.810" N to 21° 29' 32.541" N & Longitudes

78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E.

3. Location covered in Toposheet No 55 K/15


Executive Summary 2


4. Climatic Conditions IMD data, Nagpur

Avg. Ambient air temp 8o C to 46

o C

Avg. Annual rainfall 1000 mm

5. Site elevation above Mean Sea Level Highest Elevation: 390 m MSL

Lowest elevation: 342 m MSL

6. Land use at the proposed project site Pvt. Land

7. Site topography Undulating with slight slope towards South & Southeast. Old

mine pit exists within lease area.

8. Nearest roadway NH-26B / SH 19 ~3.65 km, W

9. Nearest Railway Station Kelod ~ 4.2 Km, SW

10. Nearest Railway line Railway Line connecting - North Eastern Railway Nagpur-

Chhindwara extension.

11. Nearest Air Port Nagpur ~65 km, SW

12. Nearest village/major town Village : Kawatha ~ 2.5 km, South

Town: Saoner town~ 11.9 km, South

13. Hills/valleys Hillocks in North and west side within 10 Km radius of mine

lease area.

14. Ecologically sensitive zone None within 10km radius area

15. Nearest Reserved/Protected forests Khapa Padri RF - 0.5 km NNW

Sita Gondi RF-7.43 Km – ENE

Sapghota RF- 6.24km- NE

Khapa Padri RF-0.5 km-E

16. Historical/tourist places None within 5 km radius of mine lease area

17. Nearest Industries Dolomite mines & other industries in 10 km area.

18. Nearest water bodies Khekara Nala waterbody ~ 6.54 km, NE

Kanhan River ~ 2.66 km, NE

19. Seismic zone The area is not known for natural hazards. Seismically, this

area is categorized under Zone-II as per IS-1893 (Part-1)-2002.

Hence, seismically the site is a stable zone.

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.2.1 Method of Mining

It is proposed to carry out opencast manual mining method for this plan period i.e. five years. The

operations like drilling of shot hole, sorting of rock and breaking boulders at the site will be done

manually.

This is a new area for grant of mining lease and though the area had been prospected by trial pits,

trenches and drilling but detailed prospecting operations are required for assessment of reserves and

future planning. It is to drill 7 bore holes at 100 m x 100 m grid to a depth of 30 meters during the

period of mine plan for further proving of Mn ore to have clear subsurface geology of deposit/ore body

which is inclined. The sequence of unit operations in open cast manual mining consists of removal of

soil and waste material i.e. overburden and dumping at suitable site, fragmentation of mineral from in-

situ formation, excavation, sizing and sorting, loading and hauling and some other miscellaneous

work. All these operations will be carried out by manual means. The bench height will be restricted to

the statutory 1.5 m x 1.5 m as per the DGMS norms.

Drilling and blasting will be conducted in the mine for extracting Manganese Ore. The blasting will be

carried out by using proper explosives. Controlled and occasional blasting will be carried out and will

be procured/purchase from approved explosives vendor.


Executive Summary 3

1.2.2 Anticipated life of the mine

The mineable reserve under proved category is calculated to be about 6400 tonnes and production of

ROM will be @2732 TPA. Life of the mine is estimated as 4.92 i.e. ~5years.

1.2.3 Conceptual Mine Plan

Mining will be carried out by blasting followed by Jack Hammer Drill and manual loading, excavation

and removal of stone in conjunction with deep whole drilling and blasting. In this connection

guidelines issued by Director of Mine‟s Safety by various circular will be adopted. While preparing a

conceptual mining plan for the Manganese Lease, the following points and precepts have been kept

in view:

The lease is under renewal for duration of 50 years by the state govt.

The total ML area is 26.67 Ha and at the end of plan period of first five years total 25.3995 Ha.

Area will be unbroken.

7.5 safety barriers will be maintained.

The dumps will be suitably stabilized by means of proper terracing in the retreating fashion and

after attaining the proposed height, plantation would be carried out. Plantation in safety zone and

outside the lease under CSR activity and haul road dressing. The voids so left will be filled with

rain water and treated as water reservoir.

TABLE 2

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MINE

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Method of mining Manual Open Cast Mining

2. Area 26.67 ha

3. Proved Reserve 4864 Tonnes

4. Life of the Mine ~5 years

5. Stripping Ratio 1:6

6. Bench Height and Width Ht. 1.5 m and Width 1.5 m

8. Maximum Depth of Mining 4 mbgl

9. Minable Reserve 6400 Tonnes

10. Available Reserve For Mining 6400 Tonnes

11. Topsoil thickness 0.5m

12. Ultimate Pit Slope angle 450

13. Elevation Range Highest elevation:390 m MSL


14. Water requirement 15 KLD

15. Source of Water Nearby Water Supplier

16. Water table

Depth of water level during Summer (pre-monsoon)Season :5-

10 mtsbgl

Depth of water level during the Post Monsoon Season : 4-8

mtsbgl

17. Commencement of Mining After the grant of EC

18.

Manganese (T)

Waste Rock/ Reject (T)

Top Soil (T)

6,400 Tonnes

11572.82 Tonnes

3065.52 Tonnes

19. Number of working days 250

20. Number of shifts per day 1


Executive Summary 4

1.2.4 Waste Generation & Disposal

Waste generation in ML area will be mainly in the form of top soil and Waste rock (Rejects). The

proposed manganese mine is having on an average 3M OB and will be removed while reclamation. A

total of 6,074 cum. of soil and waste material (Soil: 1272 m3 and Waste: 4802 m3) will be generated

during the plan period. Most of the production will be sold and hence there will not be any generation

of un-sealable ore.

The mineral waste will be dumped on one side of the area earmarked for ore stacking yard in the

non- mineralized area. The waste will be loaded in to tippers by labors and same will be dumped at

designated dumping place, the dumps height will be maximum 6 meter, after dumping and

stabilization plantation will be done on inactive site of dump. The soil will be temporarily stacked

within the mine lease area and will be used for spreading on the safety barrier for plantation.

1.2.5 Water Requirement & Source

Total water requirement for the project will be 15 KLD, which will be met from nearby water supplier. Water for drinking purposes will be supplied from nearby water supplier.

1.2.6 Manpower Requirement

Total manpower requirement for the project will be 20-30 persons.

1.2.7 Site Infrastructure

The available infrastructure is in the form of mines office, rest shelter, Transformer and machinery.

The haul road, the road from mining to connecting NH will be developed. The first aid center, water

drinking point etc. will be developed outside mine lease area.

1.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

1.3.1 Baseline Environmental Studies

An environmental baseline monitoring was carried out as a part of EIA studies for proposed

manganese mine during Post monsoon season (October-December 2017).

1.3.2 Meteorology & Ambient Air Quality

Summary of Meteorological data generated at site (October-December 2017)

Temperature (°C) 16°C to 34°C

Relative Humidity (%) 18% to 94%

Wind Direction NE (23%)

Calm wind % 0.25%


Executive Summary 5

Ambient Air Quality Status

The ambient air quality monitoring with respect to parameters of significance was carried out during

post monsoon season. The major sources of air pollution in the region are Industrial operations,

domestic activities, traffic density and rural conditions. The prime objective was to assess the existing

air quality of the area. The locations were identified keeping in view predominant wind directions

prevailing during study period, sensitive receptors and human settlements. The levels of PM10, PM2.5,

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Carbon monoxide (CO), Volatile Organic

Compound (VOC), were monitored for establishing the baseline status. The minimum and maximum

values of monitoring results are summarized in Table 3.

TABLE 3

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS

Sr. No.

Location PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO Ozone NH3

µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 mg/m

3 μg/m

3 μg/m

3

1. Dudhala Khurd

Min 41.3 13.2 5.5 8.1 0.105 5.6 6.1

Max 54.6 18.5 9.1 11.8 0.120 8.4 9.8

2. Malegaon Min 54.7 16.8 6.2 8.2 0.120 5.8 6.2

Max 64.8 21.8 10.9 11.9 0.142 8.7 9.9

3. Kelod Min 53.2 17.1 6.3 10.1 0.135 6.4 6.4

Max 69.1 23.9 11.9 15.6 0.154 9.6 9.8

4. Birgaon Min 68.1 23.6 9.0 11.7 0.221 6.2 6.5

Max 78.4 28.8 12.7 18.6 0.247 13.3 12.9

5. Kawatha Min 65.3 20.1 10.3 14.3 0.212 8.1 8.1

Max 84.6 27.8 13.8 19.8 0.231 11.4 11.3

6. Saonga Min 70.0 23.2 11.6 23.2 0.268 10.2 9.2

Max 78.6 30.1 15.7 29.7 0.319 14.3 15.4

7. Satnu Min 71.2 26.1 10.5 26.2 0.265 10.1 10.1

Max 84.3 33.4 17.4 34.3 0.329 16.8 15.6

8. Kharduka Min 45.3 15.1 6.3 8.2 0.152 5.2 5.1

Max 64.3 22.8 11.6 11.7 0.165 7.8 7.4

CPCB Standards 100

(24hr) 60

(24hr) 80

(24hr) 80

(24hr) 2

(8hr) 100

(8hr) 400

(24hr)

From the above results, it is observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

and NOx at all the monitoring locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB.

As project site comes under remote and undulated area, just representative sampling was carried at

day time (8 hours) by DG set as power source.

1.3.3 Ambient Noise Levels

Ambient noise level monitoring was carried out at the 8 monitoring locations, those were selected for

ambient air quality monitoring. The monitoring results are summarized in Table 4.

TABLE 1.4:

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS

Sr. No. Monitoring Locations Category of Area/Zone Equivalent Noise Level

Leq Day Leq Night

1. Dudhala Khurd Residential 45.3 35.6

2. Malegaon Residential 52.1 42.1

3. Kelod Commercial 63.5 51.3

4. Birgaon Residential 53.2 41.6


Executive Summary 6


5. Kawatha Silence 48.2 37.5

6. Saonga Commercial 61.8 50.2

7. Satnui Residential 54.2 41.5

8. Kharduka Residential 51.3 40.6

CPCB Standards dB(A)

1. Residential Area 55.0 45.0

2. Commercial Area 65.0 55.0

3. Industrial Area 75.0 70.0

4. Silence Zone 50.0 40.0

The overall ambient noise quality with respect to various zones was found to be within prescribed

limits by CPCB.

1.3.4 Surface and Ground Water Resources & Quality

Site Specific Geology

Considering the mine lease area and adjacent area, Quartz mica schist, Manganeferous quartzite &

Dolomite rock Formations can be easily encountered. In the mine lease area there is occurrence of

manganeferous quartzite boulders as float ore.

Site Specific Hydrogeology

Site area comprises of mainly two aquifer units which are Alluvium & Archaean rock Formations viz.

Quartz mica schist, Manganeferous quartzite, pink gneisses & Dolomite. The study area which comes

in Sausar Tehsil of Chindwara District showed fall in water level as compared to the study area which

comes in Saoner Tehsil of Nagpur District due to large-scale withdrawal of ground water for irrigation

purpose. Depth to water level in pre & post monsoon ranges in study area are 5-10 mbgl & 4-8 mbgl

respectively.

Water Quality

The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying 8 ground

water (Bore wells/dug wells) samples in different villages and 2 surface water samples.

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5 beyond this range the

water will affect the mucus membrane and or water supply system. During the study period, the pH

was varying for ground waters from 7.72-8.26 and in surface water the pH was varying between 8.09-

8.48. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during study period were found to

be within the limits.

The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 is 500 mg/l whereas the permissible

limits in absence of alternate source is 2000 mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause

gastro intestinal irritation. In ground water samples collected from the study area, the total dissolved

solids are varying from 318-1236 mg/l. The TDS of maximum samples were above the desirable limit

but within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. In surface waters the total dissolved solids were in the

range of 298-635 mg/l which were within the desirable limit.

The desirable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the permissible limit of the same

is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and palatability are affected. The Chloride levels in the

ground water samples collected in the study area were ranging from 29.35-269.07 mg/l. All are within

the desirable limits. In surface waters the chlorides were in the range of 9.78-24.46 mg/l, which are

within the desirable limits.


Executive Summary 7

The desirable limit as per IS10500 for hardness is 300 mg/l whereas the permissible limit for the

same is 600 mg/l beyond this limit encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on

domestic use will be observed. In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the

hardness is varying from 211.89-882.0 mg/l. In surface waters the hardness is varying between

166.54-430.50 mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the desirable limit of 1 mg/l and permissible limit

of 1.5 mg/l. However the optimum content of fluoride in the drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. If the

fluoride content is less than 0.6 mg/l it causes dental carries, above 1.5 mg/l it causes staining of

tooth enamel, higher concentration in range of 3 - 10 mg/l causes fluorosis. In the ground water

samples of study area the fluoride value were in the range of 0.21-2.27 mg/l. where as in the surface

waters the fluoride was in range of 0.22-0.32 mg/l.

Dissolved oxygen (DO) refers to the amount of oxygen (O2) dissolved in water. Because in surface

water fish and other aquatic organisms cannot survive without oxygen, DO is one of the most

important water quality parameters. In surface water the reported value of range of 6.4-6.5 mg/lt.

Phosphorus (as PO4) is an important nutrient for plants and algae. Because phosphorus is in short

supply in most fresh waters, even a modest increase in phosphorus can cause excessive growth of

plants and algae that deplete dissolved oxygen (DO) as they decompose. The range of Phosphorus

(as PO4) was found to be below detectable limit or absent.

Bacteriologically, all surface water samples were contaminated and proper treatment such as

chlorination or disinfection treatment is needed before use for alternate source of drinking purpose,

and also ground water samples were bacteriologically contaminated. Present of Sodium into ground

water is mainly influenced by Sodium Chloride or table salt.

1.3.5 Land use Land Cover classification

The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the periphery of project site has

been prepared using Resource SAT-2, sensor- LISS-3 having 23.5 mspatial resolution and date of

pass 29 May 2015 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data and the IRS-P5- Cartosat-I

data having 2.5 m spatial resolution and date of pass April 2016. In order to strengthen the baseline

information on existing land use pattern, the following data covering approx. 21°24′11.66″ to 21°35′11.05″

N latitude and 78°54′00.79″ to 78°54′15.72″ E longitude and elevation ranging between 344-364 meter in

an around mining lease area and for whole 10 km study area is about 235-403 m.

The Land Cover classes and their coverage are summarized in Table 5.

TABLE 5

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

Sr. No. LU/LC Class Area (Sq.Km²) Percentage (%)

1

Built up Land Rural/Urban)

Settlement 2.41 0.77

Industry/other industries 1.3 0.41

Road Infrastructure 0.97 0.31

Railway Line/Railway Siding 0.54 0.17

2

Agriculture Land

Cropland 230.15 73.30

Barren Land 0.74 0.24

3

Water bodies

River/Nala/Stream 6.29 2.00


Executive Summary 8


Pond/Tank 1.22 0.39

4

Scrub/Waste Land

Land with scrub/Open Scrub 17.21 5.48

5 Dense Forest

Open Mixed Jungle/PF/RF 52.04 16.57

6

Mining/Stone Quarry 1.13 0.36

Total 314 100

1.3.6 Soil Quality

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the proposed project site representing various land use conditions. The physical,

chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined. The samples were collected by

ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 15-20 cm. Total 8 samples within the study area were

collected and analyzed.

Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils thus inducing compaction. This results in

reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of roots through soils. The soils with low bulk density

have favorable physical conditions whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions for

agriculture crops. The bulk density of the soil in the study area ranged between 1.41-1.61 g/cc which

indicates favorable physical condition for plant growth. The water holding capacity is between 18.45-34.06

%. Infiltration rate, in the soil is in the range of 15.99-26.62 mm/hr. The important soluble cations in the soil

are calcium and magnesium whose concentration levels ranged from 209.52-486.44 mg/Kg and 75.12-

153.05 mg/Kg respectively. Chloride is in the range of 186.39-829.71 mg/Kg. Organic matter and nitrogen

were found in the range of 0.34-2.17 % and 125.17-161.12 kg/ha.

1.3.7 Biological Environment

Flora and Fauna are important features of natural environment. They are organized into communities with

mutual dependencies among their members and show various responses and sensitivities to outside

influences. Therefore, nature of development and baseline characteristics of flora and fauna around the

site of proposed activities is required to be assessed. Hence, the present study is conducted to generate

the baseline pertaining to biological environment and assessment of the impact due to proposed

Manganese Project on biotic environment.

Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of

plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of

species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its

strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of

biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any

threat category, by RED data book of Indian Plants except Pterocarpus marsupium (Bija) Near

Threatened (NT) (observed in buffer zone) as per Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2017;

BSI, 2003).


Executive Summary 9

Endemic Plants of the Study Area

De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic

unit, especially species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding

region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species none

were assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.

Aquatic Plant Diversity: Kanhan River is passing through the study area. The study area is also

having few fresh water ponds. The water bodies observed in low lying areas exist with patches of

marshy depressions and swamps as well as perennial water bodies of varying shape, size and depth.

The aquatic plant species belongs to diverse habits and have distinctive characteristics provides

perching grounds for various birds. Total 10 aquatic species have been identified and they can be

described into following broad Categories.

Free floating hydrophytes: Eichhornia cressipes, Lemna minor.

Suspended submersed hydrophytes: Ceratophyllum demersum, Utricularia sp.

Anchored submerged hydrophytes: Hydrilla verticillata & Potamogeton crispus.

Anchored hydrophytes with floating shoots: Ipomea aquatica.

Emergent amphibious hydrophytes: Sagittaria latifolia.

Rooted hydrophytes with floating leaves: Nilumbo nucifera

Fauna in the study area

The 10 km radius study area is home to several species of Mammals, Reptiles, Aves and other lower

invertebrates. As earlier described, the study area has about 16.57% of forest in the study area; the

top carnivore not observed in the study area either direct or indirect evidences but its existence in the

buffer area were taken in consideration as Sitagondi Reserve forest is a part of study area. During the

site survey, indirect evidences in the form of pellets of Bluebull, Cheetal, Barking Deer, Indian gazelle,

Hanuman langur were observed in reserve forest of the study area.

In Mammals: Gazella bennettii (Indian gazelle) and in Avifauna: Aves Pavo Cristatus (Indian Peafawl)

are Schedule I species observed in the buffer zone.

Among the reported species no Schedule I species were observed in Core Area.

Birds can be observed throughout the study area but mostly located near forest area and water

bodies. Reptiles and amphibians are also observed in the study area. Fresh water fish are found in

the river (Kanhan River), ponds and streams.

1.3.8 Socio-economic Environment

Information on socio-demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius, was

collected through primary social survey and secondary data from census 2011 & village directory

2001. Summary of the socio-economic status of the study area is given in Table 6.

TABLE 6:

SUMMARY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF VILLAGES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS AREA

No. of villages 30

Total households 7034

Total population 29968

Male Population 15326

Female population 14642

SC Population 5381


Executive Summary 10

ST Population 2935

Total literates 21926

Total workers 15859

Total main workers 13544

Total marginal workers 2315

Total non-workers 14109

TABLE 7:

DETAILS REGARDING EDUCATION FACILITIES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS STUDY AREA

Gov Pre

Primary

School

Gov.

Primary

school

Private

primary

school

Gov.

Middle

School

Private

Middle

School

Gov.

Secondary

School

Gov.

Senior

Secondary

School

Private

Senior

Secondary

School

Gov. Arts,

Science

Degree

College

Pvt. Arts,

Sci.&

Comm.

College

28 27 28 09 03 05 01 0 0 0

Source: District census handbook 2011, District Nagpur and Chhindwada State Madhya Pradesh &

Maharashtra

1.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

1.4.1 Impact on Topography, Drainage & Landuse

There is no forest land involved in the mine lease area. The existing topography of the mine lease

area will be altered due to the proposed mining operations. However, there will not be any changes in

the topography of the area located outside the mine lease area as all the mining activities will be

conducted within mine lease area only.

There is no perennial surface water stream or nallah or any kind of water bodies are in existence

except small seasonal gully developed due to rain water within mine lease area which will be

unaffected or unaltered by proposed manual mining activity.

The mining operations will alter most of the mine lease area into mine pits, surface dumps and other

infrastructure facilities. However, since there is no forest or built-up land in the mine lease area, no

significant impact will be observed on the land use pattern of the mine lease area. There will not be

any changes in the land use pattern outside the mine lease area.

1.4.2 Ambient Air Quality

Impacts on Air Quality

To assess the impact of the Kawatha Manganese Mine operations from the, air quality modeling was

carried out for the mining operations and the mineral transportation activities. The modeling was

carried out using MoEF/CPCB approved ISCST3 model.

The cumulative concentration levels (Ambient + predicted incremental rise) reveals that the

concentration level for ROM particulate matter occurring in the WSW and SW directions with a

concentration levels (cumulative) of 88.2 μg/m3 (overall activity), 84.74μg/m3 (blasting) and for OB

particulate matter occurring in the WSW and SW directions with a concentration levels (cumulative) of

88.8 μg/m3 (overall activity), 84.85 g/m3 (blasting), which is found to be below the ambient air quality

standards. Hence it is inferred that considering cumulative concentration levels, the pollution load

exerted due to mining activity will be insignificant.

Air Pollution Control Measures



No blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions.

Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements or dust collector.

Water sprinkling on haul roads at regular intervals.

Regular maintenance of haul road.

Water sprinkling during loading operations to control dust emissions.

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery.

Provision of Dust masks to workmen.

Plantation of thick green belt around lease boundary, road sides and dumps.

Covered transport of manganese ore to end user.

Good housekeeping would be practiced to control air pollution.

1.4.3 Ambient Noise Levels & Ground vibrations

For predicting the impacts on ambient noise levels, 'DHWANI' Noise model, developed by NEERI was

used. From the modeling results, it was observed the maximum predicted noise level within the mine

boundary (0.3 km radius) is 4 7.6-57.1 dB (A). Noise level at a distance of 0.5 km radius of the mine is

predicted to be less than 45 dB (A) which is well within the standards. The nearest human settlement

(Dudhala Khurd) is 1.4 km away from project site and resultant noise level at this village is 45.6 dB(A)

and 38.0 dB(A) at day night respectively. Another nearest human settlement (Kawtha) is 2.2 km away

from project site and resultant noise level at this village is 48.3 dB(A) and 38.3 dB(A) at day night

respectively. Thus, no significant impact will take place on the ambient noise levels due to the

proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine operations.

Ground vibrations

The ground vibrations and peak particle velocity due to the blasting is calculated using the empirical

equation as per guidelines of Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), Dhanbad. It is calculated that

there is no significant impact on surrounding villages due to blasting and thereby ground vibration.

Proposed Noise Control Measures

Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise.

Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, and optimum charge/delay will be maintained.

Proper maintenance, of machines at regular intervals will be done to reduce generation of noise.

Proper designing by providing inbuilt mechanism like silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing pads at the foundation.

Green Belt/Plantation will be developed around the mining activity area and along haul roads.

Ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to persons working at high noise generating area

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

Measures to Control Ground Vibration & Fly Rocks

Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks.

Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained.

Charge per delay will be minimized and more number of delays will be used per blasts;



During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped;

Drilling parameters will be properly designed to give proper blast.

Muffle blasting using wire mesh and sand bags will be conducted at mine working near ML boundary towards habitation.

Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of explosives.

1.4.4 Water Resources & Quality

Impact on Water Resources & Quality

As the ultimate depth of mining is 4m from the surface, the groundwater table level will not be

intersected & hence there will not be any quantitative or qualitative effect on the groundwater in the

study area due to proposed mining activity. Due to undulating topography and location of mine lease

area close to the Kanhan River, which continuously recharges the ground water table in the area,

there will not be any significant impact on the ground water table of the area. Hence, no impact is

envisaged on the surface water resources due to mining in the proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore

Mine.

Proposed Water Conservation & Water Pollution Control Measures

The garland drains will be constructed around the mine pits, surface dumps and along the mine lease

boundary will be connected to a series of settling tanks. This will facilitate proper settling of the

sediments / silt carried with the storm water run-off before discharging / supplying the water to the

farmers.

Check dams and gully plugs will be constructed at strategic locations along the hill slope to arrest silt

wash-off during rainy season.

1.4.5 Solid Waste Generation & Management




during the plan period. The dumps will be suitably stabilized by means of proper terracing in the

retreating fashion and after attaining the proposed height, plantation would be carried out. The angle

of repose of these dumps will not be more than 450. Garland drain and retaining wall will be

constructed during the plan period. Slope stability investigations would be carried out in the

conceptual period to avoid land slide and develop the mine accordingly so that there will not be any

accidental hazard. Most of the production will be sold and hence there will not be any generation of

un-sealable ore.


There is no Forest land, National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve within 10 km radius

of the project site. No rare, endemic & endangered species are reported in the buffer zone. Dust

deposition on leaf lamina will takes place on nearby local plant species along the transport road

which may results in decline the rate of photosynthesis and retards the plant growth.

Proposed Biological Environment Conservation Measures

Dust issues are mainly raised in the area due to unpaved road, cumulative fugitive dust emissions

by various mining activities. To mitigate the impact regular water sprinkling will be carried out

within the mine lease area as well as approach road.



Stabilization of soil/waste dumps by grass cover shall be done.

Fencing around the mine lease area to restrict the entry of stray animals

Thick Green belt will be developed around mine lease area and along transport road.

Periodic maintenance of mineral transport road

Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tanker on mineral transport road up to railway siding.

Covered Transport

Monitoring of dust fall at agriculture land located nearby the mining area.


There is no habitation or private land within mine lease area. There is no rehabilitation and

resettlement involved in the project.

This is a small manual opencast manganese mine. Around 20-30 persons will be employed in the

mine. Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine.

The mine management will take efforts as a part of CSR for improvement in civic amenities like

sanitation, drinking water facilities, transport road, etc in the nearby villages.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be established in the mine under the control of Mines

Manager. The EMC will be headed by an Environmental scientist having adequate qualification and

experience in the field of environmental management. Environmental monitoring of Ambient Air

Quality, Water table depth, Water quality, Ambient Noise Levels, Soil Quality, etc. will be carried out

through MOEF accredited agencies regularly and reports will be submitted to MPCB/MoEF.

1.6 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The assessment of risk in the proposed manganese mine project has been estimated for Slope

failure, Handling of explosives, Fly-rocks during blasting, Movement of Trucks/Tippers Inundation due

to surface water, Dust hazards, Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets and

EIA/EMP report.

A detailed Disaster Management Plan for facing disasters due to natural effects and human reasons

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same

order of priorities. For effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely

circulated and personnel training through rehearsals. Site facilities, procedures, Duties and

responsibilities, Communications, etc is considered in detail in the Disaster Management Plan.

1.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed mining project at Kawatha village would generate additional employment opportunities

which would finally result in improvement in the quality of life of people of the nearby villages. In line

with this CSR policy, project proponent will carry community welfare activities in the following areas:

Community development

Education

Health& medical care

Drainage and sanitation

flooding of lower benches and corresponding mitigation measures are suggested in the Final

is prepared and incorporated in the Final EIA/EMP report for ensuring safety of life, protection of



Roads

A budget of Rs. 1.30 Lakh per annum as recurring expenses has been proposed for implementation

of Socio-economic welfare activities in the nearby villages.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Plan comprise of following set of mitigation, management, monitoring

and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project, to

eliminate adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.

Overall conservation of environment.

Minimization of natural resources and water.

Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace.

Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents.

Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts.


Control of waste generation and pollution.

Judicious use of the environmental management plan addresses the components of environment,

which are likely to be affected by the different operations in the project. A budget of Rs. 13.0 Lakh as

capital cost and Rs. 9.00 Lakh as recurring expenses has been allocated for implementation of the

Environmental Management Plan.

1.9 CONCLUSION

The proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) project of Smt. Rachana A

Belorkar, will be beneficial for the development of the nearby villages. Some environmental aspects

like dust emission, noise, siltation due to surface run-off, etc. will have to be controlled within the

permissible norms to avoid impacts on the surrounding environment. Necessary pollution control

equipment like water sprinkling, plantation, personal protective equipments, etc., will form regular

practice in the project. Additional pollution control measures and environmental conservation

measures will be adopted to control/minimize impacts on the environment and socio-economic

environment of the area. Measures like development of thick green belt and plantation within mine

lease area and along transport road, adoption of rainwater harvesting in the mine and in nearby

villages, etc. will be implemented. The CSR measures proposed to be adopted by the mine

management will improve the social, economic status of the nearby villages. Provision for CER is also

made in this EIA/EMP as per the MoEF notification F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018.

The overall impacts of the proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine will be positive and will result in

overall socio-economic growth of nearby villages.



1.10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

The Environmental studies for proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine are carried out by M/s Anacon

Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur (M/s ALPL). Anacon established in 1993 as an analytical testing

laboratory and now a leading Environmental Consultancy firm backed by testing lab for environment

and food in Central India region. M/s ALPL is a group of experienced former Scientists from the

Government Institutions and excellent young scientist of brilliant career with subject expertise. It is

recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi for carrying out environmental Studies &

accredited by Quality Council of India (QCI) for conducting Environmental studies as per QCI-NABET

SA – 241th AC Meeting, dtd. Jan 4, 2019.

ToR COMPLIANCE


Compliance of ToR 1

COMPLIANCE TO TOR

Sl. Scope as per ToR Compliance/Report Reference

1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

This is proposed New Mining Project

2. A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given.

Enclosed as Annexure - I

3. All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee.

The documents submitted are compatible with one another w.r.t. following information’s:

Mine Lease area: 26.67 Ha

Lease Holder: Smt. Rachana A Belorkar

Production level: Proposed production 2732 TPA

Waste/Rejects generation till the

end of scheme period: 11572.82

Tonnes

Top Soil (T) 3065.52 Tonnes

Waste management: Furnished in EIA/EMP report, Chapter 2.

Mining technology: Manual Open Cast Mining

Public consultation/hearing held on 19.10.2018 at 12.00 noon at Grampanchayat office, Kawatha, Tal. Saoner, Dist. Nagpur of Maharashtra State. The minutes of environmental public hearing enclosed as Annexure - XIII


Compliance of ToR 2


4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/toposheet should be provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone).

ML area is also superimposed on toposheet and is given in Figure-1.4 in Chapter 1. A Map showing all the corner coordinates of the mine lease area is given in Figure 1.3 on in Chapter-1. High resolution satellite imagery of the 10 km radius study area of the project with mine lease area superimposed on it as given in Figure 3.5.1 and the corresponding land use pattern is shown in Figure- 3.5.2 in chapter-3 on page 22 &23.

5. Information should be provided in Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics.

All the information (geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics) is provided according Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale & Geological Survey of India’s District Resource Map.-Chapter-3. Fig.3.4.2, 3.4.3, 3.4.4 Existing minerals and mining history of the area (Chapter2. Section 2.6)

6. Details about the land proposed for mining activities should be given with information as to whether mining conforms to the land use policy of the State; Land diversion for mining should have approval from State land use board or the concerned authority.

1.Lease documents- Ann-1 2.Letter from forest department that no forest land is involved in the mine lease area Ann-IX page no.5

7. It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA Report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/ deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large, may also be detailed in the EIA Report.

It is a NEW MINING PROJECT Environmental Policy - Ann. VIII The system of reporting of non-compliances/ violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large, hierarchy is given in Chapter 6-Fig. 6.1


Compliance of ToR 3


8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope study in case of open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided.

Since, mining operation have been planned only upto 4 m depth due to presence of Manganese reef on upper layer systematic manual mining will be adopted. The bench height will be kept 1.5 M. However, all safety measures will be adopted as per DGMS norms. Slope Study is given in Ann-10 & mitigation or precaution for blasting is covered in chapter 4 section 4.2.2

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

Study area comprise 10km zone around mine lease periphery- chapter 1 Fig. 1.2. The EIA-EMP study is done for the life of mine based on present mineral resources.

10. Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given.

Land Use of the study area is given in chapter 3 section 3.5.8 Land use Plane of mine lease area given in chapter 4 section 4.1

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

The waste dump has been planned within the ML area. Chapter 2. Fig 2.4

12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

Mining Lease is devoid of any forest land. The relevant certificate attached herewith Ann-9 Page no. 5 & Page no. 9

13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the Project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Not applicable


Compliance of ToR 4


14. Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

Not Applicable.

15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.

Chapter 1 & 3 section no.3.6

16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.

It is very small project having production capacity of Mn ore will be 2732 TPA and that too in 5th year. And method of mining is open cast manual mining. The mining activities carried out during day time and no forest land envolved within ML area hence, the magnitude of impact of flora and fauna will be insignificant.

17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the State Wildlife Department/Chief Wildlife Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and copy furnished.

There is no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves, etc. within 10 km radius. The distance and direction map of nearest WL sanctuary is provided in Ann-IX Page no.5

18. A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.

List of flora and fauna provided in Ch. 3 Section 3.6

19. Proximity to Areas declared as ‘Critically Polluted’ or the Project areas likely to come under the ‘Aravali Range’, (attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered.

Not Applicable


Compliance of ToR 5


20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority).

Not Applicable.

21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of Village including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the report.

No, R& R plan involved in the project

22. One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and NOx), water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.

Baseline monitoring was carried out during post monsoon season as per NAAQ standards. As project site is remote and undulated area, representative sampling was taken. Within 500 m there is no human settlement, that’s why nearest settlement Dudhala Khurd (1.4 km) at downwind direction considered for AAQ monitoring. Details provide in Ch.3 in Section 3.2.2.

23. Air quality modelling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

Details are covered in Ch. 4, Section 4.2.1


Compliance of ToR 6


24. The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated.

15 KLD water needed for dust suppression, greenbelt & drinking will be outsourced/purchased (Mine pit water will be used when available). Water Balance- fig. 2.1

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the Project should be provided.

Mining activities is planned above ground water table and the required water for environmental protection measures and domestic purposes will be procured from nearby suppliers.

26. Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided

Provided Chapter 4 Section 4.3.2 Table 4.2

27. Impact of the project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.

Impact of the project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater discussed in chapter 4 (section 4.3) & necessary safeguard measures are given in Chapter 4 section 4.3.2

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

No ground water table will be intersected during the proposed mining activities.

29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

In the proposed Mine area of mining lease area there is no stream or nallah or any other kind of water bodies are in existence, only two seasonal gullies are formed due to surface run-off during monsoon period and it will be kept intact.

30. Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table given in chapter 4 section 4.3.1.1


Compliance of ToR 7


31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the Project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given. The plant species selected for green belt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution.

Details are covered in chapter 4 section 4.5.2.4

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of Transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.


33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.

Rest shelter will be provided to workers.

34. Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

It is also covered under mining plan in the progressive mine closer plan chapter. Chapter 4 Section 4.1.2.1

35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed.


36. Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations.

Details are covered in Ch. 10, Section 10.3


Compliance of ToR 8


37. Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation.

Details are covered in Ch. 4, Section 4.6

38. Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project.

Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) given in Chapter 10 Section 10.2

39. Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project Proponent on the same along with time bound Action Plan with budgetary provisions to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

Action Plan with budgetary provisions is provided in Ann. XIII and also be incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project as per the Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project Proponent.

40. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the project should be given.

No litigations are pending.

41. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt out.

Covered in Chapter 10 section 10.3

42. A Disaster management Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

Disaster management Plan is covered Chapter 7 Section 7.3

43. Benefits of the Project if the Project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the Project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.

Benefits of the Project are covered in chapter 8 & Budget for the same given in table 8.1

44. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:-

a. All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.

Complied

b. Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the period in which the data were collected and the sources should be indicated.

Period of data is mentioned.

c. Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project.

Analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories are enclosed.

d. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation should be provided.

All the documents are in English

e. The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.

Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects filled & given as Ann.-XI


Compliance of ToR 9


f. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the Proponents and instructions for the Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006- IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry, should be followed.

Instructions for the Proponents and instructions for the Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006- IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009 are followed while preparing this EIA

g. Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and the PFR for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation.

No Changes made in basic scope and project parameters.

h. As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II(I) dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as may be applicable.

Certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing operations of the project will be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

i. The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps and sections and (iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.

Included in Chapter 2 as Fig. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 2.5 & Sections in Fig. 2.6, 2.7, 2.8

6. The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps and sections and (iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.

Included in Chapter 2 as Fig. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 2.5 & Sections in Fig. 2.6, 2.7, 2.8

7. The prescribed ToR would be valid for a period of three years for submission of EIA/EMP reports, as per the O. M. No. J-11013/41/2006/IA.II (I) dated 07.11.2014. The ToR is valid up to 08.11.2020

Noted.

8. After preparing the draft EIA (as per the generic structure prescribed in Appendix – III of the EIA Notification, 2006) Covering the above mentioned issues, the proponent will get the public hearing conducted and take further necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006.

Noted & Agreed.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER/ SECTION

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.0 INTRODUCTION 1-13

1.1 About the Project 1-1

1.2 Location and Size of the Project 1-1

1.3 Purpose of the report 1-8

1.4 Identification of project proponent 1-9

1.5 Environmental Impact Assessment Studies 1-10

1.6 Methodology Adopted in EIA Study 1-11

1.7 Scope of the study 1-13

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2-18

2.1 Type of project 2-1

2.2 Need for the project 2-1

2.3 Requirement for the project 2-1

2.4 Geology of the area 2-3

2.5 Physiography 2-7

2.6 Details of Mining 2-7

2.7 Method of Mining 2-10

2.8 Waste Generation & Disposal 2-13

2.9 Conceptual Mining Plan 2-13

2.10 Site Infrastructure 2-14

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 3-48

3.1 Introduction 3-1

3.2 Air environment 3-2

3.3 Noise Environment 3-10

3.4 Water Environment 3-13

3.5 Land use of study area 3-20

3.6 Biological Environment 3-31

3.7 Socio Economic Environment 3-38


4-28

4.1 Anticipated Impact on Land Environment 4-1

4.2 Air Environment 4-4

4.3 Water Environment 4-13

4.4 Noise Environment 4-17

4.5 Biological Environment 4-21

4.6 Socio-Economic and health Environment 4-25

4.7 Occupational Health and Safety 4-25

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE AND TECHNOLOGY) 5-1

5.1 Site Alternatives under consideration 5-1

5.2 Analysis of Alternative Technology 5-1

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6-6

6.1 Implementation Schedule of Mitigation Measures 6-1

6.2 Environmental Monitoring 6-1

6.3 Environmental Policy 6-4


6.5 Budgetary Allocation for Environmental Monitoring 6-5

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7-7

7.1 Public Consultation 7-1


7.3 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan 7-4

7.4 Social Impact Assessment 7-7

7.5 Rehabilitation & Resettlement Aspects 7-7

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS 8-2

8.1 Need based Assessment 8-1

8.2 Proposed Socio-Economic Welfare Measures 8-1

2

CHAPTER/ SECTION

TITLE PAGE NO.

8.3 Budget for Socio-Economic Welfare Activities 8-2

8-4 Summary 8-2

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9-1

9.1 Environmental Costs 9-1

9.2 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

10.0 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10-5

10.1 Institutional Arrangements for Environment protection and conservation 10-1

10.2 Anticipated Environmental impacts and action plan proposed for mitigation

10-2

10.3 Budgetary allocation for environmental management programme 10-5

11.0 Summary and Conclusion 11-14


11.2 Project Description 11-2

11.3 Existing Environmental Scenario 11-4

11.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures 11-10

11.5 Environmental Monitoring program 11-13

11.6 Risk Assessment & Disaster management Plan 11-13

11.7 Project Benefit 11-13

11.8 Environmental Management Plan 11-14

11.9 Conclusion 11-14

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 12-8


12.2 Credentials & quality systems 12-2

12.3 Services offered 12-3

12.4 Facilities 12-4

12.5 Achievements 12-4

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure I : Lease Document

Annexure II : Industries in the study area

Annexure III : Environmental Standards

Annexure IV : ToR Letter

Annexure V(a) : Ambient Air Quality

Annexure V (b) : Water Environment

Annexure V (c) : Soil Environment

Annexure VI (a) : Biological Environment

Annexure VI(b) : Biological Environment

Annexure VI(c) : Biological Environment

Annexure VI(d) : Biological Environment

Annexure VI(e) : Conservation Plan

Annexure VII : Socio Economic Environmental

Annexure VIII : Environmental Policy

Annexure IX : Forest Letter

Annexure X : Geomorphological Map

Annexure XI : Slope Study

Annexure XII : Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects

Annexure XIII : Public Hearing Documents

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

PHOTOGRAPH NO.

PHOTOGRAPH NAME PAGE NO.

1.1 Photographs of the proposed Kawatha Manganese mine 1-8

3.1 Photo Documentation 3-35

3

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 Index map of the project site 1-4

1.2 Study area map (10 km radial distance) 1-5

1.3 Satellite google imagery of mine lease area 1-6

1.4 Mine lease area superimposed on toposheet 1-7

1.5 India’s manganese ore production 1-9

2.1 Water Balance Diagram 2-2

2.2 Surface Plan 2-5

2.3 Geological Plan 2-6

2.4 Development & Production Plan 2-12

2.5 Conceptual Plan 2-15

2.6 Section of Geological plan 2-16

2.7 Sections of Development & Production Plan 2-17

2.8 Section of Conceptual Plan 2-18

3.2.1 Site specific wind-roses (Oct-Dec 2017) 3-4

3.2.2 Ambient air quality monitoring locations 3-6

3.3.1 Noise monitoring locations 3-11

3.4.1 Possible structures on the n-s cross section of the central part of the saursar belt. A- synclinorium & nappe structure. B-schupen structure

3-15

3.4.2 Geology of site 3-15

3.4.3 Outcrops of weathered Quartzite Schist 3-15

3.4.4 NWN-ESE Strike Direction of Quartzite Schist Outcrops 3-16

3.4.5 hydrogeology of study area 3-17

3.4.6 geomorphology of the study area 3-18

3.4.7 surface and groundwater sampling location 3-19

3.5.1 FCC of 00-10 km radius with mining location 3-23

3.5.2 LU/LC classes and their coverage in Sq. km of 00-10 km Radius 3-25

3.5.3 Pie chart represent the LU/LC details of 00-10 km radius 3-26

3.5.4 Drainage details of 00-10 km radius 3-27

3.5.5 Contour details of 00-10 km radius 3-27

3.5.6 DEM details of 00-10 km radius 3-28

3.5.7 Soil Sampling locations 3-29

3.7.1 Sex Ratio In The Study Area 3-40

3.7.2 Literacy Rate In The Study Area 3-41

3.7.3 Employment Pattern In The Study Area 3-42

3.7.4 Infrastructure Facilities In The Study Area In Percentage 3-43

3.7.5 Land Use Pattern In The Study Area 3-44

4.1 Windrose Diagram For Post Monsoon Season 2017 4-7

4.2 Incremental GLC Of Particulate Matter For Overall Activities (Rom) 4-9

4.3 Incremental GLC Of Particulate Matter For Blasting (Rom) 4-9

4.4 Incremental GLC Of Particulate Matter For Overall Activities (OB) 4-10

4.5 Incremental GLC Of Particulate Matter For blasting(OB) 4-10

4.6 (A) Schematic Diagram Of Check Dams 4-15

4.6 (B) Schematic Diagram Of Gully Plug 4-15

4.7 Flowsheet Showing Impacts Of Various Mining Activities On Ambient Air Quality And Proposed Air Pollution Control Measures

4-28

6.1 Organogram of environment management cell 6-2

9.1 Organizational Structure For Environment Management 9-2

10.1 Organization structure for environmental management 10-2

4

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 Boundary Pillars of Mine Lease Area 1-1

1.2 Details of Environmental Setting 1-3

1.3 Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring 1-11

2.1 Present Land use pattern 2-1

2.2 Water Requirement (unit in KLD) 2-2

2.3 Manpower Requirement 2-3

2.4 List of Machinery 2-3

2.5 Details of Prospecting and exploration in mine lease area 2-7

2.6 Mining Details 2-9

2.7 Details of Equipment’s 2-11

2.8 Proposed production 2-11

2.9 Land Use Pattern 2-14

3.1.1 Primary data collection 3-1

3.2.1 Climatological data for IMD, Nagpur (1981 - 2010) 3-3

3.2.2 Summary of meteorological observations at site 3-3

3.2.3 Summary of site specific predominant wind pattern 3-3

3.2.4 Details of air monitoring locations 3-6

3.2.5 Summary of ambient air quality results 3-7

3.2.6 Concentration of heavy Metals & Vocs in Ambient Air 3-8

3.2.7 Ambient Air Result of project site 3-9

3.3.1 Noise monitoring Locations 3-10

3.3.2 Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-12

3.3.3 Background Noise level in Industrial area near highways 3-13

3.3.4 Vehicular traffic and correspondence noise levels during peak hours 3-13

3.4.1 Details of water sampling location 3-18

3.5.1 Data specification used for presents study 3-21

3.5.2 LU/LC classes and their coverage in sq. km. of 00-10 km radius 3-24

3.5.3 Distance and direction of river/stream nala present in project site within 10 radius

3-26

3.5.4 Distance and direction of forest/mixed and zudgpi jungle present in project site within 10 km radius

3-27

3.5.5 Details of soil sampling locations 3-29

3.7.1 Population size village wise 3-39

3.7.2 Population details in the study area 3-39

3.7.3 Literate and illiterate population in the study area 3-40

3.7.4 Employment pattern in the study area 3-41

3.7.5 Main workers employment pattern in the study area 3-42

3.7.6 Land use pattern 3-43

3.7.7 List of surveyed villages 3-45

4.1 Present and proposed land use of the mine lease area 4-1

4.2 Surface run-of potential in the mine lease area 4-4

4.3 Emission rates 4-7

4.4 Maximum incremental concentration of particular matter 4-8

4.5 Cumulative concentration levels particulate matter 4-11

4.6 Expected Noise Levels 4-17

4.7 Predicted Noise level with distance 4-18

4.8 Predicted noise level at noise monitoring locations 4-18

4.9 Estimated peak particle for different explosive charges 4-19

4.10 Permissible peak particle velocity 4-20

4.11 Plantation schedule 4-23

4.12 Recommended plants greenbelts 4-23

4.13 Work related health hazards 4-25

4.14 OH&S Committee & is responsibilities 4-27

6.1 Implementation schedule 6-1

5

TABLE NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

6.2 Proposed environmental monitoring schedule 6-3

6.3 Cost of environmental monitoring programme 6-6

8.1 Proposed budget for socio-economic welfare activities 8-2

9.1 Anticipated environmental impacts and action proposed for mitigation 9-2

9.2 Budget for implementation 9-5

10.1 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and action plan proposed for mitigation

10-2

10.2 Budget for implementation of EMP 10-5

11.1 Salient Features of the project site 11-1

11.2 Salient Features of the mine 11-3

11.3 Summary of ambient air quality monitoring results 11-5

11.4 Summary of ambient noise level monitoring results 11-5

11.5 LU/LC classes and their coverage within 10 km radius 11-7

11.6 Summary of socio-economic environment of village within 10 km radius 11-9

11.6 (A) Details regarding education facilities within 10 km radius study area 11-10

CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION

Final EIA/EMP for Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) located at

Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District, Maharashtra

Lessee: Smt. Rachana A Belorkar

Chapter 1: Introduction 1-1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 ABOUT THE PROJECT

It is proposed Manganese mineral mine project. The lessee Smt. Rachana A. Belorkar is seeking

environmental clearance for Manganese mine for producing 2732 TPA as per the provisions of EIA

notification 2006.

This is a case of newly proposed Mn mine. The prospecting license for Manganese over an area of

26.67 Ha. has been granted to applicant dated 22-09-2008 for a period of 2 years. The said

prospecting license was executed with the collector the collector Nagpur on behalf of the Govt. of

Maharashtra on 15th January 2009 and valid up to 14th January 2011. After receiving Letter of Intent

dated 18th Jan 2016 against Mining lease application dated 20th Jan 2011, from Gov. of Maharashtra

numbered MMN-0915/CN99/industry-9, Directorate of Geology & Mining, Nagpur has approved the

mining plan vide Letter No. NGP/MN/MPW-1173/NGP-2016 dt. 03.08.16. The area is located in

Khasra No. 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272 in Kawatha village, Tehsil Saoner,

District Nagpur, Maharashtra.

The lease was executed on 16.05.2017 in the name of Smt. Rachana A. Belorkar for a period of 50

years i.e. from 16.05.2017 to 16.05.2067 over an area of 26.67 Ha located in Kawatha Village, Tehsil

Saoner, District Nagpur, Maharashtra State. Copy of Lease Deed is given in Annexure I.

1.2 LOCATION AND SIZE OF THE PROJECT




method of mining.


57.810" N to 21° 29' 32.541" N & Longitudes 78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E. The details

provided in Table 1.1

TABLE 1.1

BOUNDARY PILLARS OF MINE LEASE AREA

BP. No.

Longitude/Easting Latitude/Northing BP. No.

Longitude/Easting Latitude/Northing

1 78° 53' 59.598" E 21° 29' 32.541" N 24 78° 53' 51.216" E 21° 29' 42.232" N

2 78° 53' 59.593" E 21° 29' 34.649" N 25 78° 53' 50.930" E 21° 29' 44.301" N

3 78° 53' 59.446" E 21° 29' 34.835" N 26 78° 53' 51.459" E 21° 29' 44.353" N

4 78° 53' 59.846" E 21° 29' 36.258" N 27 78° 53' 51.063" E 21° 29' 47.874" N

5 78° 53' 57.532" E 21° 29' 38.055" N 28 78° 53' 48.225" E 21° 29' 50.726" N

6 78° 53' 57.515" E 21° 29' 38.492" N 29 78° 53' 47.545" E 21° 29' 55.123" N

7 78° 53' 53.642" E 21° 29' 38.895" N 30 78° 53' 46.456" E 21° 29' 55.553" N

8 78° 53' 52.524" E 21° 29' 36.485" N 31 78° 53' 50.352" E 21° 29' 57.810" N

9 78° 53' 48.075" E 21° 29' 38.224" N 32 78° 53' 51.117" E 21° 29' 54.857" N

10 78° 53' 46.666" E 21° 29' 36.277" N 33 78° 53' 53.646" E 21° 29' 54.103" N

11 78° 53' 44.861" E 21° 29' 37.483" N 34 78° 53' 57.704" E 21° 29' 53.370" N

12 78° 53' 43.429" E 21° 29' 39.913" N 35 78° 53' 59.673" E 21° 29' 54.023" N

13 78° 53' 39.245" E 21° 29' 40.489" N 36 78° 54' 2.132" E 21° 29' 52.955" N

14 78° 53' 40.328" E 21° 29' 44.431" N 37 78° 54' 2.747" E 21° 29' 52.261" N

15 78° 53' 41.602" E 21° 29' 49.217" N 38 78° 54' 3.289" E 21° 29' 50.420" N

16 78° 53' 44.116" E 21° 29' 47.460" N 39 78° 54' 2.125" E 21° 29' 47.700" N

17 78° 53' 45.623" E 21° 29' 47.185" N 40 78° 54' 0.268" E 21° 29' 46.797" N

18 78° 53' 45.990" E 21° 29' 46.599" N 41 78° 53' 59.292" E 21° 29' 42.890" N





BP. No.

Longitude/Easting Latitude/Northing BP. No.

Longitude/Easting Latitude/Northing

19 78° 53' 47.076" E 21° 29' 46.597" N 42 78° 54' 5.703" E 21° 29' 40.617" N

20 78° 53' 49.130" E 21° 29' 44.609" N 43 78° 54' 5.022" E 21° 29' 39.598" N

21 78° 53' 48.939" E 21° 29' 43.876" N 44 78° 54' 3.824" E 21° 29' 38.717" N

22 78° 53' 50.045" E 21° 29' 43.464" N 45 78° 54' 0.686" E 21° 29' 32.969" N

23 78° 53' 50.533" E 21° 29' 42.168" N 46 78° 54' 0.326" E 21° 29' 33.161" N

Location Map of the mine lease area is given in Figure 1.1. Environmental settings of the site are

presented in Table 1.2. Photographs of the Lease are given in Plate-1.1. There is no critically polluted

identified cluster by CPCB/MOEF in the vicinity of the project.

TABLE 1.2

DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING



Village - Kawatha

Tehsil – Saoner



78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E.




o C















lease area.







17. Nearest Industries Dolomite mines & other industries in 10 km area. Provided in

Annexure II.










Source: Field Studies, Anacon Laboratories Private Limited.

FIGURE 1.1: INDEX MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE





FIGURE 1.2: STUDY AREA (10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE)





FIGURE 1.3: SATELITE GOOGLE IMAGERY OF MINE LEASE AREA





FIGURE 1.4: MINE LEASE AREA SUPERIMPOSED ON TOPOSHEET





PLATE 1.1: PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PROPOSED KAWATHA MANGANESE MINE

1.3 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

In order to fulfill statutory requirement to seek environmental clearance, an application for obtaining

approved ToR prior to EC (Form-1 & Pre-feasibility Report) was submitted to EAC (Non-Coal)

MoEFCC, New Delhi. The project for ToR was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee in its

23rd meeting of the Reconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee for Environmental Appraisal of Mining

Projects (Non-Coal) of the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change held during October

23-24, 2017 for prescribing Terms of Reference (ToR) for preparation of the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) report. The ToR was granted by the Expert Appraisal Committee vide letter No. J-

11015/227/2015-IA.II(M) dated 9th November 2017 (Annexure-IV). This EIA is prepared based on the

approved ToR dated9th November 2017.




Maharashtra State. The details of public hearing are provided in EIA-EMP report.

This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is prepared for obtaining Environmental

Clearance (EC) from the Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), New Delhi and the Consent for

Establishment (CFE) from the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) for the proposed

Kawatha Manganese Mine project.

1.3.1 Applicability of EIA Notification for Environmental Clearance:

The EIA Notification 2006 as amended are applicable to Mining Projects (Major Minerals) with lease

area <50 ha of mine lease area in respect of non-coal mine lease comes under Category B1 and

shall be appraised as at State Level. In proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine, lease Area is 26.67 Ha

but general condition applied for the proposed project as inter-state boundary (Maharashtra-Madhya

Pradesh) is only 0.5 KM hence, this project is treated as Category A and shall be appraised at EAC

(Non-Mining), MoEFCC, New Delhi.

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

1.4.1 Proposed Project








method of mining.

1.4.2 Proposed Proponent

Lessee: Smt. Rachana A. Belorkar

Registered Office: Site Office:

R/o Plot no. 57, Flat no.

D/2 Kanchangeet Apartment, Shivaji Nagar,

Nagpur M.S.

Pin –440010

Mob No. 91 9371110101

Email- [email protected]

[email protected]

Khasrano.(251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267,

268, 269, 271, 272)

Village Kawatha

Tehsil - Saoner District - Nagpur Pin code – 441112

1.4.3 Details about Consultant Organisation

Anacon is an established Environmental Consultancy firm with basic infrastructural facilities and man

power. Anacon are rendering their services in this field to various industries since last 17 years.

Laboratory is empanelled with Maharashtra Pollution Control Board and MoEF, New Delhi for

carrying out environmental Studies. Anacon have carried out EIA studies for various projects in

different industrial sectors i.e. steel, power, distilleries, textile and pharmaceutical and prepared EIA

reports. The consultant organization has successfully carried out the monitoring work for different

environmental components viz. air, noise, water and wastewater, land, hazardous waste; land use

and land cover studies based on the satellite imageries for EIA of various industries. Network of

Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. spread over in six different states in Central India region with branches

at Raipur, Korba, Ranchi, Bhopal and Delhi.

About QCI-NABET Accreditation of Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur (ALPL)

Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur is an accredited A Category environmental consultancy

organisation under QCI-NABET scheme of accreditation in 14 (nos.) sectors including Mining

Projects as per QCI-NABET RA AC Minutes dated May 30, 2017 posted on QCI-NABET website.

The details about ALPL are provided in Chapter 12.

1.4.4 Need of the Project

Manganese is abundantly available in the area. It is needed as a mandatory material in many

industries. The occurrence of Manganese in the area is proved by the way of geological exploration

and its production has important role in the local infrastructure development. The proposed

Manganese mine will also marginally benefit the local people by way of direct and indirect

employment. State Government is also benefitted by the mining through royalty.

1.4.5 Demand – Supply Gap

India is the fifth largest producer of Manganese & stands second in world considering total reserves

of Manganese. Production of Manganese in India has gone down in last 4 years.

Following are some uses of Manganese;

1. Oxidizing agent in steel industry

2. Dry Battery as Depolarizer

3. Used in the manufacture of

a. Ferro Manganese (70-74% Mn.)





b. Silico Manganese (60-65% Mn.)

c. Chrome Manganese (20- 25% Mn.)

4. Preparation of Organic and Inorganic Chemicals.

5. In Paints, Pigments, Ceramics and Ferrites.

6. As Micro-nutrients in Fertilizer and animal Feed.

Apart from these Mn is used in welding fluxes & as fuel additive.

Decreasing production and considering the need of Manganese in above mentioned industries, there

is need of more production of Manganese in India.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDIES

In order to assess the environmental impacts due to the proposed manganese mine project through

EIA studies covering various environmental attributes and to suggest an effective Environment

Management Plan, Project Proponent retained the services of M/s Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd

(ALPL) Nagpur.

Reconnaissance of the study area was carried out and various sampling locations to monitor

environmental parameters were identified. Subsequently, environmental monitoring was carried out

for various environmental components like air, noise, water, land, biological and social aspects.

Certain aspects related with establishment of socio-economic profiles of people, land use pattern in

the study area etc. were carried out, based on the review of secondary data collected from various

government and semi-government organizations.

The ambient air quality monitoring network was set up following the guidelines specified by the CPCB

and the air monitoring locations were selected based on the predominant wind direction recorded in

the region by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) Nagpur.

The primary environmental data was collected, analyzed and the results of the same were compared

with the environmental standards prescribed by CPCB (Annexure-IV).

This Environmental Impact Assessment report is based on collection of baseline data by field

monitoring of relevant environmental attributes during October 2017 to December 2017 (Post-

Monsoon - 2017)

1.6 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED IN EIA STUDY

Based on the reconnaissance and the following considerations, the sampling locations were

identified:

Predominant wind directions in the study area as recorded by India Meteorological Department

(IMD) at Nagpur;

Topography, location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals and rivers;

Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas; including biodiversity and social aspect of the study

area.

Accessibility, power availability and security of monitoring equipment, pollution pockets in the

area;

Areas which represent baseline conditions;

Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmental attributes;





Identification and quantification of impacts based on mathematical and scientific tools; and

suggestion of mitigation and management measures based on the best industry practices in-line

with regulatory norm.

Field studies were carried out to determine existing conditions of various environmental attributes as

outlined in Table 1.3.

TABLE 1.3

ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

Sr.

No.

Environmental

Components Parameters Frequency

1. Air Environment

Meteorology

Wind speed, wind direction,

temperature, relative humidity

and rainfall

Continuous with hourly recording through

setting up of automatic meteorological

station at site and data from Secondary

sources: i.e IMD station at Nagpur

Ambient Air

Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, & NH3,

Ozone, CO, VOCs Heavy metals

like Pb, As, Benzene and BaP

24 hourly samples twice in a week for three

months at 8 locations. CO monitored 8 hourly

samples in 24 hours.

2. Noise Environment

Noise levels in

dB(A) at various

locations

incorporating

Sensitive,

Residential,

Commercial and

Industrial areas in

the study region

Noise levels in dB (A) at 8

locations in study area.

Traffic density and frequency &

Noise levels

At every location data monitored hourly for 24

hours, covering day and night time once

during EIA study.

Traffic density and frequency with noise

levels during 24 hours (No. of vehicles plying

on road L,M & H)

3. Water Environment

Water quality

Physical and Chemical

parameters for surface & ground

water quality at various locations.

Grab samples were collected once during

study period.

GW : 8 Locations & SW : 4 Locations

4. Land Environment

Soil quality

Soil profile, characteristics, soil

type and texture, heavy metals,

NPK value, organic matter, CEC,

SAR &ionic content.

Once during study period within study area

8 Locations within study area

Landuse/Land cover

Satellite imagery (1:50,000 Scale)

collected from NRSC,

Hyderabad.

Level I, Level II & Level III

Once in the study period

Primary Image analysis & GIS modeling





Sr.

No.

Environmental

Components Parameters Frequency

classification as per standard using GIS tools

Solid/Hazardous Waste

Classification of solid &

hazardous waste generated from

the process plant

Once in the study period

Hydrogeology Drainage pattern, nature of

streams, aquifer characteristics,

recharging capacity and ground

water potential

Hydrogeological data collected from

secondary sources as well as classification

made through satellite imagery

Geology

Geological History, formation, etc. Based on data collected from the secondary

source

5. Biological Environment

Terrestrial & Aquatic Biological Quality

Terrestrial flora and fauna species

diversity

Aquatic ecological studies (Core

& Buffer Zone)

Through field visits and data collected

from the District Forest Authority

Through field visits and relevant sample

collections as per standard.

6. Socio-economic Environment

Primary data

collected related to

socio-economic and

opinion of the

people within the

study area

Floating questionnaires to seek

information from individuals

related to employment economic,

infrastructure facilities available ,

amenities and quality life within

the study area

Through primary survey once in study period

Secondary Data

Collection

Demography (population)

population density, literacy rate,

housing, workers, non-workers

and categorization related to

castes (SC & ST). Amenities

(Facilities available for drinking

water, electricity, transportation,

communication, medical

education, roads, etc.)

Based on data collected from secondary

sources like abstracts of census of India 2001

& 2011

7. RA and DMP

Risk assessment

and Disaster

Management Plan

Identify the areas where disaster

can occur by fires and explosions

and release of toxic substances

emergency preparedness plan

with safety measures

As per requirement.

1.7 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of study includes:





Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative locations in the study area

to establish the baseline environmental status;

Primary data collection for various environmental components

Collate and compile secondary data including socio-economic data from published literature /

government publications;

Identifying various existing pollution loads due to various activities;

Predicting incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed activities;

Evaluating the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the study area by using

scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies;

To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP), outlining the measures for improving the

environmental quality in view of future environmentally sustainable development;

and Identifying critical environmental attributes that are required to be monitored in the post-

project scenario.

The report represents Environmental Impact Assessment & Management Plan for the proposed

Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) located at Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District,

Maharashtra.

As per the requirements stated in the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification 2006 and its

subsequent amendments, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study has been undertaken to

assess the environmental impacts arise out from the proposed manganese mine project and

accordingly developed a site specific environmental management plan and risk mitigation measures

incorporated in the report. Baseline environmental studies have been conducted during the Post

Monsoon Season (October 2017 to December 2017) as per the standard ToR issued by EAC

(Non-Mining), MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The detailed conditions in terms of reference with

corresponding compliances are mentioned in beginning of the chapter scheme.

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Chapter 2- Project Description 2-1


2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

This is a proposed project of Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease Area 26.67 Ha) located at Kawatha

Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District, Maharashtra and lessee is Smt. Rachana A Belorkar

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Minerals are the main source of industrialization and play an important role in the present phase of

the national economy and overall development of the nation. Manganese ore is of vital importance in

industrial economy as manganese is an essential constituent of steel and there is no satisfactory

substitute for making of steel in which it is present from 0.5% to 0.75%. Mn ore also use in dry cell

batteries, driers for paints and varnishes, as a coloring agent in ceramics and for production of

permanganate and other chemicals. Mineral resources of any country are the “TREASURE-TROVE”

of its national economy.

Manganese is abundantly available in the area. It is needed as a mandatory material in many

industries. The occurrence of Manganese in the area is proved by the way of geological exploration

and its production has important role in the local infrastructure development. The proposed

Manganese mine will also marginally benefit the local people by way of direct and indirect

employment. State Government is also benefitted by the mining through royalty.

The Planning Commission has estimated steel production at 125.9 million tonnes by 2016- 17 at the

end of XII Five year plan and 200 million tonnes by 2020. Based on estimated steel production as

well as demand from other metallurgical uses and non-metallurgical uses the demand for manganese

ore by 2016-17 have been estimated at 6.88 million tonnes and 8.04 million tonnes by 2020.

2.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT

2.3.1 Land Details

Mining lease area of project is 26.67 Ha which spreads in Kh No. 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 27, 268,

269, 271, 272 in Kawatha Village, Tehsil Saoner, District Nagpur, Maharashtra. No notified forest

area falls within the Mine Lease area. The details are as under.

Sr. No. Kh. No. Area in Ha. Type of Land Ownership

1 251, 253, 254, 255, 259,

267, 268, 269, 271, 272

26.67 Pvt. land Private Cultivable land lying in

disuse condition

Source: Approved Scheme of Mining & Progressive Mine Closure Plan

TABLE 2.1

PRESENT LAND USE PATTERN

SL. NO. DESCRIPTION AREA IN Ha

1 Area under Pits 0.040

2 Area under Dumps Nil

3 Area under storage of ore Nil

4 Area under soil Nil

5 Area under Plantation Nil

6 Area under Hutment / Office etc. Nil

7 Area under Mine Roads Nil

8 Area under crusher unit Nil

Total 0.040




2.3.2 Water Requirement

Total water requirement is 15 KLD, which will be met from nearby water supplier. Water for drinking

purposes will be supplied from nearby water supplier.

TABLE 2.2

WATER REQUIREMENT (UNIT IN KLD)

S. No. Particulars Proposed Source

1 Dust Suppression 08.00

Nearby water

supplier

2 Green Belt 06.00

3 Drinking & Sanitation 01.00

Total 15.00

2.3.2.1 Water Requirement & Usage

Fig. 2.1 Water Balance Diagram

2.3.3 Man Power Requirement

In proposed Kawatha manual opencast project, approx. 20-30 nos. of skilled, semiskilled and

unskilled manpower will be required which will include operational and maintenance manpower for

the mine operations, Technical/Civil/personnel supports. Preference will be given to the local people

as per their eligibility.

The list of Manpower for proposed mine are shown in Table 2.3.

TABLE 2.3

MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

Sr. No Particulars No

1 Qualified Mine Manager 1

2 Part time Mining Engineer 1

3 Part time Geologist 1

4 Store Clerk cum Time keeper 1

5 Supervisor 1

6 Tipper Operator 1

Total Water Requirement

15.00 KLD

Water Supplier Mine Water

Dust

Suppression

08 KLD

Green Belt

6.0 KLD Drinking &

Sanitation

1.00 KLD

Settling Tank



Sr. No Particulars No

7 Jack Hammer Driller 2

8 Compressor Operator 1

Sub-total 09

Skilled/Semiskilled/Unskilled Labours 14

Grand Total 23

2.3.4 Power Requirement

The electric power requirement for mine facilities i.e. site office and lighting purpose will be received

from Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Limited (MSEDCL) which will be about 20

KW. Grid or power requirement will meet through DG set having capacity 40 KVA.

2.3.5 Extent of Mechanization

The sequence of unit operations in open cast manual mining consists of removal of soil and waste

material i.e. overburden and dumping at suitable site, fragmentation of mineral from in-situ formation,

excavation, sizing and sorting, loading and hauling and some other miscellaneous work. All these

operations will be carried out by manual means. The list of machines used is as follows:

TABLE 2.4

LIST OF MACHINERY Sr. No. Particulars Quantity

1. Tippers 1 No.

2. Compressor 1 No. 350 cfm

3. Water Sprinkler 1 No.

4. Jack Hammer 2 Nos. (1 + 1 Spare)

2.4 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

Manganese deposit of Kawatha area is of sedimentary metamorphosed deposit associated with the

Gondite series of rocks. These deposits of manganese minerals are formed by the intense alteration

by heat and pressure from the pre-existing manages bearing source rocks.

Geologically the area is represented by Pre-Cambrian suits of meta sedimentary rocks of Sausar

group of Bichua stage consisting of dolomitic marble and calcsilicate rocks. Manganese is mostly

exposed on the surface as outcrops and in some part hidden with soil cover.

The Manganese deposits of this area are syngenetic Meta sedimentary type. The deposition is in the

form of alternating layers of chert and manganese ore occurring as small detached lences and also

stratified in nature. These stratified deposits occur in three different stratigraphic positions in

„Saunsar Series‟.

Age Group Formations Lithounites

Recent

Alluvium Unconformity

Cretaceous to

Palaeogene

Sahyadri Group Deccan Trap Distinct flows of Basaltic Rocks

Intrusives Pegmatite & Vein Quartz

Bichua Formation Dolomite marble, calc silicate rocks, bio-mus-

schist, sillimanite bearing quartz-bio-

granulites

Junewani Formation Metapelite (mica schist), quartzite, granulite,

biotite gneiss (re-worked basement)



Proterozoic

Sausar Group

Chorbaoli Formation Garnet-staurolite-quartz-muscovite schist.

Micaceous & cherty quartzite locally with

garnet & magnetite.

Mansar Formation Manganese ore I & gondite musco-schist,

musbio-schist with sillimanite. Manganese

ore II, schist. Manganese ore III with

gondites.

Lohangi Formation Dolomite marbles with lenses of Manganese

ore, calc-silicate rocks, calc-granulites,

quartz- bio-granulites & gneisses.

Sitasaongi Formation Quartz mica schist, Felspathic schist, Mica

gneiss, Quartzite, Conglomerate

Archaean Tirodi biotite gneiss Disconformity.

Biotite gneiss, migmatite, tonalite gneiss,

cordierite gneiss, amphibolites etc.

It has been shown that the juxtaposition of manganese silicate rocks with dolomitic marble, regional

metamorphism to almandine-amphibolite facies and assimilation of pegmatite veins cutting across

the manganese formation, were responsible for the development of these manganese silicate rocks

and the unusual chemical composition of some of the constituent minerals. It has been concluded

that the manganese silicate rocks in the study area were originally laid down as sediments

comprising manganese oxides admixed with clay, silica etc. and were later regionally

metamorphosed to almandine-amphibolite facies.

2.4.1 Surface Plan of the Lease Area

Surface plan of the lease area has been prepared on a scale of 1:2,000 with contour interval of 2 m

showing all existing surface features with locations of exiting trial pits and boreholes drilled etc.

2.4.2 Geological Plan of the Lese area

Surface Geological Plan of the lease area is prepared showing geology of the area and all existing

surface features with locations of proposed boreholes



FIGURE 2.2: SURFACE PLAN



FIGURE 2.3: GEOLOGICAL PLAN



2.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY

10 km study area shows mixed topography i.e. some part of study area is covered by flat agricultural

land & some portion shows hilly terrain with forest cover. The topography of the Mine site area is

undulating. Hilly terrains are encountered in N, NE to E, W & WWS direction of the mine lease area.

The overall slope is towards South & South East direction. The different in elevation within the lease

area is about 48m. Mine lease area comprises of undulated terrain and the elevation of the mine

lease area varies from 390 m MSL in the north to 342 m MSL in the south side.

Description of the project site:


no.251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272 of Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil of Nagpur



29' 32.541" N & Longitudes 78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E. This is a proposed manganese

mine project. The project has applied for Environmental Clearance as per EIA notification dated 14th

September 2006 and its amendments.

2.6 DETAILS OF MINING

2.6.1 Prospecting and Exploration carried out in the area:

Based on the explorations collected from geological mapping and knowledge of similar Manganese

deposit. Some pits were made on the basis of which occurrence of Manganese is proved upto a

depth of 4m. In all 8 trial pits were dug with a depth of around 4m. The details of prospecting carried

out in the mine lease area.

TABLE 2.5

DETAILS OF PROSPECTING & EXPLORATION IN MINE LEASE AREA (P-Pit, T-Trench)

Sr. No Trial Pits Dimension in mtrs

Length Breadth Depth

1 P1 4.50 4.00 3.00

2 P2 3.00 2.80 2.40

3 P3 3.50 3.20 2.50

4 P4 5.20 4.40 4.00

5 P5 3.50 3.00 2.50

6 P6 5.00 4.80 3.60

7 P7 3.00 3.00 1.20

8 P8 3.00 2.50 1.20

9 T-1 20.00 1.20 2.50

10 T-2 18.00 1.20 2.80

11 T-3 24.00 1.20 2.00

The mineable reserve under Proved category is calculated to be about 6400 tonne and production of

Ore will be @2732 TPA (Detailed exploration is proposed in Mine lease area to enhance the Reserve

quantity.) . The current Mining Plan is only for 5 years handling only 1.5 Ha area out of total mining

lease area of 26.67 Ha. Detailed exploration will be done in remaining unbroken area. The mined out

area will be backfilled and plantation will be carried out on reclaimed area after winning all possible

minerals. Life of mine on the basis of proved reserve and proposed production capacity of

Manganese mineral are given below:

Total Mineral Reserves = 6400 tonne

Life of the mine @ 2732 TPA (For Manganese) = 5 Years



(During the period of mine plan further exploration is proposed in Mine lease area to enhance the

Reserve quantity)

2.6.2 Proposed Exploration





which is inclined.

2.6.3 Geological Reserves

The Mn ore is encountered in all the pits along the trend/strike direction of ore body. Four geological

cross sections passing from the pits, bore holes and float ore deposit and one longitudinal section

along the strike direction have been prepared. The reserves as calculated and approved by IBM as

per mining plan

Classification Quantity in Tonnes Grade %

Mn Fe SiO2 P

Total Mineral Resources (A+B)

A. Mineral Reserve

1. Proved Reserves

2. Probable Mineral Reserve Reserve

3. Measured mineral Resource

4. Indicated mineral resource

5. Inferred mineral resource

6. Reconnaissance mineral resource

6,400

4,864

1,536

868

21.42 to 32.88

5.67 to 8.09

13.40 to 26.31

0.136 to 0.440

The estimated reserves of Manganese in different categories for which this mining plan has been

prepared quantify for UNFC code as under:

Proved Mineral Reserves Under UNFC Code 111 4,864 tonnes

Probable Mineral Reserves Under UNFC code 121 1,536 tonnes

Inferred Mineral Resource Under UNFC Code 333 868 tonnes

2.6.4 Mineable Reserves & Anticipated Life of Mine as per approved Scheme of Mining

Mineable recoverable reserves are the same which has been estimated above as the mineral ore

body has enough space for development to produce in situ deposit to the estimated depth and most

of ore will be recovered as float ore.

As per estimation of reserves the total reserves including proved mineral reserves under UNFC Code

111are 4,864 and Probable Mineral resources under UNFC Code 121 are 1,536 tonnes. Thus, total

mineable reserves under proved and probable categories are 6,400 tonnes.

With the proposed rate of early average production of about 1,300 tonnes and considering the

present reserves as estimated the life of the mine will be 6,400/1,300 = 4.92 say 5 years.

After proving the additional reserves by carrying out the proposed exploration during the plan period

by drilling and developing the mine if additional reserves persists at depth and in bore holes the life of

the mine will be increased accordingly.



These minerals resource and reserves has been approved by IBM vide letter no. NGP/MN/MPW-

1173/NGO – 2016 dt. 03.08.2016 and accordingly the same reserves are retained and no further

recalculation at this stage.

The Mine activity in the area will be initiated only after getting environmental clearance and will be

performed as per mine plan, and along with adequate control measures to minimize environmental

damage. Life of mine on the basis of proved reserve and proposed production capacity of

Manganese mineral are given in following table:

Total Mineable Reserves (Proved Category) = 6400 tonne

Total Mined out Reserves Nil

Net Mineable Reserves Available = 6400 tonne

Life of the mine @2732TPA

(By further exploration the life of mine will be expanded)

~ 5 Years

Mining will be commenced after receiving all statutory clearances from the concerned regulatory

authorities. Life of the mine is estimated as about 4.92 i.e. ~5years.

2.6.5 Use of Mineral and mineral reject

The grade the Mn ore of this mine is suitable for use in making ferro alloys, silico manganese and

other manganese industries. There are several industries such as Universal Ferro Alloys, Tumsar;

M/s. Khandelwal Ferro alloys, Kanhan; Bhilai Steel Plant, Bhilai and ferro alloys plants in Nagpur and

other Chhattisgarh state are located around the areas, these consumer industries have always in

demand for manganese ore.

2.6.6 Mining Details

Mining will be carried out by opencast manual mining method, utilizing heavy earth moving machinery

and with deep hole drilling and blasting with proper benching to exploit the available manganese

reserves.

TABLE 2.6

MINING DETAILS



2. Area 26.67 ha













14. Source of Water Nearby water supplier

15. Water table Depth of water level during Summer (pre-monsoon) Season

:4-5 mtsbgl

Depth of water level during the Post Monsoon Season : 2- 3

mtsbgl





17. Manganese (T)


Top Soil (T)

6,400 Tonnes

11572.82 Tonnes

3065.52 Tonnes



2.7 METHOD OF MINING

2.7.1 Present method of mining

The method of mining is manual opencast. The bench height will be 1.5 m and width of the benches

is 1.5 M. The proposed working by putting 34 mm dia DTH holes by Drilling short holes for blasting

will be having diameter of 34 mm and depth of 1.20 m. The blasting will be carried out by using

proper explosives. Controlled and occasional blasting will be carried out and will be

procured/purchase from approved explosives vendor.

MINING METHODOLOGY PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM

The following machinery deployment has been proposed. The production of kawatha-manganese.

The deployment of machinery is commensurate to the production target proposed.

TABLE 2.7

DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS

Sr. No. Equipment No. Size/ capacity

1. Compressor 1 350 cfm

2. Jackhammer 2 33 mm dia.

3. Dumper/Tippers 1 15 tonne

4. Water Sprinkler 1

DRILLING AFTER REMOVAL OF TOP SOIL

BLASTING

MANUAL LOADING

TRANSPORTATION

BY TRUCKS/DUMPERS



Blasting Pattern/Parameters

Dia. of hole :- 34 mm

Spacing :- 0.9 to 1.2 m

Depth of hole :- 0.9 to 1.2 m

Yield per hole : 1 M3

Charge per hole : 300 to 400 gms

Explosive material to be used : Special Gelatin with detonator

Storage of explosive : On the specified day of blasting explosives will be brought and

consumed the same day

Powder factor :- 7 to 8 tonnes/ kg

Blasting will be carried out under the supervision of qualified and certified blaster.

TABLE 2.8

PROPOSED PRODUCTION

Year

ending

March

Float ore

Production(0.80m) in

tonnes

In-situ ore Production on

tonnes Total Production in tonnes

I 440 307 747

II 500 403 903

III 500 500 1,000

IV 500 500 1,000

V 620 2,112 2,732

Total 2560 3,822 6,382




FIGURE 2.4: DEVELOPMENT & PRODUCTION PLAN



2.8 WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL

2.8.1 Nature of Waste





retreating fashion and after attaining the propsed height, plantation would be carried out. The angle





un-sealable ore. The generation of waste material will be about 80% of total excavation which will be

dumped in the non-mineralized part near the working pits. The surrounding area is agricultural land

the mining pit would be developed as a reservoir before final closure of mine. During exploitation of

Mn ore only physical mineral rejects/fines would be generated to the tune of about 20% of total ROM,

which can be considered as a waste material.

The proposed yearly generation of these wastes is mentioned below:

Year of Ending March Waste from ore zone in MT@ 20%

I 77

II 101

III 125

IV 125

V 528

Total 956


non-mineralized area.

The waste will be loaded in to tippers by labours and same will be dumped at designated dumping

place, the dumps height will be maximum 6 meter, after dumping and stabilization plantation will be

done on inactive site of dump. The soil will be temporarily stacked within the mine lease area and will

be used for spreading on the safety barrier for plantation.

2.9 CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN

This is a new proposed Manganese Mine. Mining activities with manual opencast method of mining

will be conducted in ML area for excavating Manganese. Plantation with suitable native species will

be taken up along the roads & on vacant unused land within mining lease area progressively with

mine operation till mine closure. At the end of plan period about 1.2704 Ha. Say 1.50 Ha. Area would

be covered under mining pits, dumping of waste, road, plantation and other ancillary operations

relating to mining including the area broken by pits in the past and area covered under old dumps.

The total ML area is 26.67 Ha and at the end of plan period of first five years total 25.3995 Ha. Area

will be unbroken.



2.9.1 Land Use Pattern (In Ha)

TABLE 2.9

LAND USE PATTERN (IN HA.)

Sl.

No. Description

Present Land Use

Area in Ha

At The End Of Plan Period First five

years Area in Ha

1 Area under Pits 0.040( Mined by local

people) 0.2544

2 Dumping of top soil Nil 0.0510

3 Area under reject Dumps Nil 0.3600

4 Storage of Mineralized rejects Nil 0.0400

5 Storage of Ore Nil 0.1000

6 Shed/Building Nil 0.0200

7 Road Nil 0.1600

8 Plantation Nil 0.2850

9 Area Undisturbed 26.63 25.3995

Total 26.67 26.67

2.9.2 Ultimate Pit limit and depth

The ultimate pit limit will be 4 m from the lease boundary and The UPL depth will be 352 mRL in the

northern ore body and 349 mRL in the southeastern ore body. The pit slope will be maintained at 45O.

However the 7.5 m distance (safety zone) from the lease boundary will be maintained.

2.9.3 Back filling, Reclamation and Rehabilitation (Up to end of lease)

The mining is likely to be continued up to a depth of mineralization. In case the depth persistence is

not proved by drilling and the grade is not suitable, the excavation will be matured for backfilling

reclamation. The volume of waste generated shall be dumped at non-mineralized designated area

and will be used for back filling. It will fill up the central part of pit which will be surrounded by created

water body. The water reservoir will be used for villagers for irrigation /drinking water. This will also be

useful for Rainwater harvesting which will raise the water table.

2.10 SITE INFRASTRUCTURE






FIGURE 2.5: CONCEPTUAL PLAN



Figure 2.6 Section of Geological plan



Figure 2.7 Sections of Development & Production Plan



Figure 2.8 Section of Conceptual Plan

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT




Chapter 3- Description of the Environment 3-1

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter of the report provides an overview of the environmental baseline conditions within the

study area of 10 km radius. An environmental baseline monitoring was carried out as a part of EIA

studies for proposed manganese mine during Post monsoon season (October-December 2017)

along with secondary data.

3.1.1 Baseline Data Collection

The methodology adopted for carrying out baseline environmental monitoring was as per the

guidelines given in the EIA Manual of MoEF&CC. Baseline data in the study area was collected by

conducting field study/primary sampling during the study period with respect to the different

environmental attributes as given below:

Primary data collection

Primary data collection includes:

Ambient air quality

Noise levels

Groundwater / surface water quality

Soil quality

Landuse pattern

Flora and Fauna

Socio economic status

Primary data was collected by monitoring various environmental components in the core as well as

buffer zone during the Post monsoon season (October-December 2017); details are given in Table

3.1.1

TABLE 3.1.1

PRIMARY DATA COLLECTION

S. No. Description

1.

Air Environment Meteorology Meteorological parameters on hourly basis at project site. Parameters: Temperature, Relative humidity, Wind Speed & Wind Direction. Ambient air quality monitoring (24 hourly), twice a week. Parameters: PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, NH3, Ozone, CO, VOCs, Heavy metals No. of Locations: 8 locations within 10 km radius of study area

2.

Noise Environment Noise level monitoring (day & night time), once in a season. No. of Locations: locations within 10 km radius of study area

3.

Water Environment Surface and Ground water sampling, once in a monitoring period No. of Locations: 8 locations within 10 km radius of study area (Groundwater), 4 locations (Surface water). Tested for physical chemical and demand parameters.

4. Land Environment Soil sampling, once in a season. No. of Locations: 8 locations within 10 km radius of study area

5. Biological Environment Biodiversity survey, once in a season. Location: Core and buffer zone.

6. Socio-economic Environment Socio-economic survey, once in a season. Location: Within 10 km radius of study area





Secondary data collection

This includes review of secondary published information on:

Socio-economic conditions, demographic structure and infrastructure resource base etc.

Sensitive areas such as biosphere reserve, forests, sanctuaries, places of historical,

Archaeological tourist importance, etc.

Primary data collection through socio-economic survey (Infrastructural Facilities and opinion of

the people)

Use of Climatological Normals Book for meteorology

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The baseline status for air environment includes reconnaissance, identification and selection of

specific significant air pollutants due to the proposed project activity and measuring their existing

levels prior to the implementation of the project. The data required to assess the ambient status was

collected, analysed and evaluated through a well-designed ambient air quality monitoring (AAQM)

network.

3.2.1 Meteorology

The meteorological data recorded during the study period was very useful for selection of sampling

locations as per upwind and downwind directions for proper on-site monitoring to be undertaken for

various meteorological variables in order to generate the site specific data. Data was collected for

proposed project site on hourly basis continuously for Post monsoon season (October-December

2017). The generated data was then compared with the meteorological data collected by nearest

India Meteorological Department (IMD) station located at Nagpur.

Temperature

The winter season starts from December and continues till the end of February. December is the

coldest month with the minimum temperature at 12.90C. The temperature starts increasing rapidly

during the onset of pre-monsoon season from March to May. During pre-monsoon season, the

maximum temperature was observed 42.70C and the minimum temperature is 19.70C. The maximum

temperature in the monsoon season was observed to be 38.00C, whereas the minimum temperature

was observed 23.20C. In the post-monsoon, day temperature decreases slightly with the maximum

temperature 32.90C. The monthly variations in temperature are presented in Table 3.2.1.

Relative Humidity

The relative humidity was observed around 19% to 41% during pre-monsoon period. In monsoon

period the relative humidity ranged between 49% to 85%. During the post-monsoon season, the

humidity was observed between 51% to 71% and in winter season, the humidity was observed to be

31% to 67%. The variations in relative humidity are presented in Table 3.2.1.

Rainfall

The annual rainfall based on the IMD data was recorded as 1100.30 mm. The monsoon generally

sets in during the second week of June. The rainfall gradually decreased after September. The

maximum number of rainy days was observed in the month of July. Annual and monthly variations in

rainfall are presented in Table 3.2.1





TABLE 3.2.1

CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FOR IMD, NAGPUR (1981 - 2010)

Month Temperature (⁰c) Humidity (%)

Monthly Rainfall (mm) Max Min 08:30 hr 17:30 hr

January 29.0 13.4 67 42 21.6

February 31.8 15.6 54 31 15.6

March 36.4 19.7 41 24 21.7

April 40.7 24.1 33 19 9.2

May 42.7 27.8 35 22 21.2

June 38.0 26.5 61 49 168.8

July 31.8 24.3 82 72 313.7

August 30.7 23.8 85 76 267.0

September 32.3 23.2 81 71 170.2

October 32.9 20.0 71 58 64.0

November 30.9 15.8 65 51 16.0

December 28.9 12.9 66 47 11.3

RANGE 12.9-42.7 19-85 1100.30

Source: From climatological normals book of 1981-2010

Meteorological condition at site

The weather monitoring station was installed at the site to record temperature, wind speed, wind

direction, relative humidity and Rainfall. The hourly minimum, maximum values monitored during

Post-monsoon are presented in Table 3.2.2.

TABLE 3.2.2

SUMMARY OF METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT SITE

Month Temperature (

0C) Relative Humidity (%)

Rainfall (mm) Min Max Min Max

Oct 2017 22 34 30 94 64.3

Nov 2017 19 31 21 76 1.0

Dec 2017 16 30 18 60 0.0

Range 16-34 18-94 Total=65.3

Wind speed/ directions

The meteorological data with respect to wind speed and direction was collected and presented in the

form of wind roses during study period (Post-monsoon) and shown in Figure 3.2.1 and the summary

of site specific wind pattern is presented in Table 3.2.3.

TABLE 3.2.3

SUMMARY OF SITE SPECIFIC PREDOMINANT WIND PATTERN

Details Wind Direction

First Predominant Wind Direction NE (23%)

Second Predominant Wind Direction ENE (20%)

Calm conditions (%) 0.25





FIGURE 3.2.1: SITE SPECIFIC WINDROSE (OCT-DEC 2017)

3.2.2 Baseline Status




air quality of the area.

Methodology for air quality monitoring

Selection of monitoring locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality was assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air

quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program was

based on the following considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale

Topography of the study area

Representatives of regional background

Population and sensitive areas

Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind direction

Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 08 locations. The details about monitoring locations are

depicted in Figure 3.2.2 and presented in Table 3.2.4. The locations were identified keeping in view

predominant wind directions prevailing during study period, sensitive receptors and human

settlements. The levels of PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Carbon

monoxide (CO), Volatile Organic Compound (VOC), were monitored for establishing the baseline

status. For determination of PM10, air is drawn through a size-selective inlet and through a 20.3 X

25.4 cm (8 X 10 in) filter at a flow rate, which is typically 1132 L/min. Particles with aerodynamic

diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected, by the filter. The mass of these particles is

determined by the difference in filter weights prior to and after sampling. The concentration of PM10 in

the designated size range is calculated by dividing the weight gain of the filter by the volume of air

sampled.





For determination of PM2.5, An electrically powered air sampler draws ambient air at a constant

volumetric flow rate (16.7 lpm) maintained by a mass flow / volumetric flow controller coupled to a

microprocessor into specially designed inertial particle-size separator (i.e. cyclones or impactors)

where the suspended particulate matter in the PM2.5 size ranges is separated for collection on a 47

mm polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) filter over a specified sampling period. Each filter is weighed

before and after sample collection to determine the net gain due to the particulate matter. The mass

concentration in the ambient air is computed as the total mass of collected particles in the PM2.5 size

ranges divided by the actual volume of air sampled, and is expressed in µg/m3. The microprocessor

reads averages and stores five-minute averages of ambient temperature, ambient pressure, filter

temperature and volumetric flow rate. In addition, the microprocessor calculates the average

temperatures and pressure, total volumetric flow for the entire sample run time and the coefficient of

variation of the flow rate.

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) from air is absorbed in a solution of potassium tetrachloro-mercurate (TCM).

A dichlorosulphitomercurate complex, which resists oxidation by the oxygen in the air, is formed.

Once formed, this complex is stable to strong oxidants such as ozone and oxides of nitrogen and

therefore, the absorber solution may be stored for some time prior to analysis. The complex is made

to react with para-rosaniline and formaldehyde to form the intensely coloured pararosaniline

methylsulphonic acid. The absorbance of the solution is measured by means of a suitable

spectrophotometer.

Ambient nitrogen dioxide (NO2) is collected by bubbling air through a solution of sodium hydroxide

and sodium arsenite. The concentration of nitrite ion (NO2) produced during sampling is determined

colorimetrically by reacting the nitrite ion with phosphoric acid, sulfanilamide, and N-(1-naphthyl)-

ethylenediamine di-hydrochloride (NEDA) and measuring the absorbance of the highly coloured azo-

dye at 540 n m.

For determination of Ozone Micro-amounts of ozone and the oxidants liberate iodine when absorbed

in a 1% solution of potassium iodine buffered at pH 6.8 + 0.2. The iodine is determined

spectrophotometrically by measuring the absorption of tri-iodide ion at 352 nm.

The stoichiometry is approximated by the following reaction: O3 + 3 KI + H2O --> KI3 + 2 KOH + O2

Ammonia in the atmosphere is collected by bubbling a measured volume of air through a dilute

solution of sulphuric acid to form ammonium sulphate. The ammonium sulphate formed in the sample

is analyzed colorimetrically by reaction with phenol and alkaline sodium hypochlorite to produce

indophenol, a blue dye. The reaction is accelerated by the addition of sodium nitroprusside as

catalyst.





TABLE 3.2.4

DETAILS OF AIR MONITORING LOCATIONS

FIGURE 3.2.2: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr. No. Station

Code Location

Distance (Km)/

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

Latitude

(North)

Longitude

(East) Justification

1 AAQ1 Dudhala

Khurd 1.4/WNW 21°30'1.35"N 78°53'13.57"E

Nearest

Residence

2 AAQ2 Malegaon 4.0/NE 21°31'6.98"N 78°55'52.84"E Upwind

3 AAQ3 Kelod 4.6/SSW 21°27'37.20"N 78°52'38.49"E Downwind

4 AAQ4 Birgaon 7.7/WSW 21°28'23.24"N 78°49'51.54"E Downwind

5 AAQ5 Kawatha 2.2/S 21°28'30.96"N 78°54'14.71"E Cross

Downwind

6 AAQ6 Saonga 3.4/NNW 21°31'26.18"N 78°53'4.79"E Cross Upwind

7 AAQ7 Satnui 5.7/WNW 21°30'45.43"N 78°50'53.53"E Crosswind

8 AAQ8 Kharduka 4.1/E 21°29'26.58"N 78°56'25.50"E Crosswind





Methodology of ambient air quality monitoring

S.No. PARAMETER TEST METHOD UNIT LIMITS AS PER CPCB

Guideline

1. Particulate Matter (PM10) IS: 5182: Part-23 -2006 µg /m3 100 (24 hrs)

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) CPCB NAAQM , Regulations, 2009

µg /m3 60 (24 hrs)

3. Sulphur dioxide (as SO2) IS: 5182: (Part-2)2001 µg /m3 80 (24 hrs)

4. Nitrogen dioxide (as NO2) IS: 5182: (Part-6)2006 µg /m3 80 (24 hrs)

5 Carbon Monoxide (as CO) IS: 5182 (Part 10): 1999 mg /m3 2.0 (8 hrs)

6. Ammonia (as NH3) CPCB NAAQM , Regulations, 2009

µg /m3 400 (24 hrs)

7. Ozone (as O3) IS: 5182 (Part 9): 1974 µg /m3 100 (24hrs)

8. Benzene (as C6H6) IS: 5182 (Part 11):2006 µg /m3 05 (Annual)

9. Benzopyrene (as BaP) IS: 5182 (Part 12): 2004 ng /m3 01 (Annual)

10. Lead (as Pb) CPCB NAAQM , Regulations, 2009

µg /m3 01 (24 hrs)

11. Arsenic (as As) ng /m3 06 (Annual)

12. Nikel ( as Ni) ng /m3 20 (Annual)

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out on 24 hourly basis for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NO2. All

other parameters as mentioned in the above table were monitored at site and analyzed as per

analytical methods given above. 8 hourly samples were collected for carbon monoxide.

Presentation of primary data

Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum values were

computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. The results of monitoring

carried out are presented in Annexure V (a). The summary of these results are given in Tables 3.2.5.

These levels were compared with the prevailing environmental quality standards prescribed by

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area.

TABLE 3.2.5

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS

Sr. No.


µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 mg/m

3 μg/m

3 μg/m

3

1. Dudhala Khurd

Min 41.3 13.2 5.5 8.1 0.105 5.6 6.1

Max 54.6 18.5 9.1 11.8 0.120 8.4 9.8

Avg 46.3 15.4 7.1 9.7 0.111 6.9 8.1

98 th 53.9 18.4 9.0 11.6 0.119 8.3 9.6

2. Malegaon

Min 54.7 16.8 6.2 8.2 0.120 5.8 6.2

Max 64.8 21.8 10.9 11.9 0.142 8.7 9.9

Avg 59.6 19.1 8.6 9.8 0.132 7.2 8.1

98 th 64.3 21.8 10.8 11.8 0.141 8.6 9.8

3. Kelod

Min 53.2 17.1 6.3 10.1 0.135 6.4 6.4

Max 69.1 23.9 11.9 15.6 0.154 9.6 9.8

Avg 61.5 20.0 8.7 12.1 0.143 7.8 8.1

98 th 68.6 23.8 11.8 15.4 0.153 9.5 9.7

4. Birgaon

Min 68.1 23.6 9.0 11.7 0.221 6.2 6.5

Max 78.4 28.8 12.7 18.6 0.247 13.3 12.9

Avg 74.5 26.7 10.6 15.1 0.236 10.4 10.2

98 th 78.3 28.6 12.6 18.2 0.247 13.3 12.8

5. Kawatha

Min 65.3 20.1 10.3 14.3 0.212 8.1 8.1

Max 84.6 27.8 13.8 19.8 0.231 11.4 11.3

Avg 71.6 22.5 11.9 16.6 0.221 9.7 9.6

98 th 81.4 26.8 13.6 19.4 0.230 11.3 11.2





Sr. No.


µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 mg/m

3 μg/m

3 μg/m

3

6. Saonga

Min 70.0 23.2 11.6 23.2 0.268 10.2 9.2

Max 78.6 30.1 15.7 29.7 0.319 14.3 15.4

Avg 74.2 26.9 13.7 27.2 0.296 11.8 11.9

98 th 78.5 29.8 15.6 29.5 0.319 14.3 15.4

7. Satnui

Min 71.2 26.1 10.5 26.2 0.265 10.1 10.1

Max 84.3 33.4 17.4 34.3 0.329 16.8 15.6

Avg 79.5 29.8 13.5 30.3 0.302 13.4 12.5

98 th 84.3 33.2 16.9 34.1 0.326 16.4 15.5

8. Kharduka

Min 45.3 15.1 6.3 8.2 0.152 5.2 5.1

Max 64.3 22.8 11.6 11.7 0.165 7.8 7.4

Avg 52.8 17.4 8.4 9.7 0.158 6.5 6.4

98 th 63.1 22.4 11.1 11.6 0.164 7.6 7.3

CPCB Standards 100

(24hr) 60

(24hr) 80

(24hr) 80

(24hr) 2

(8hr) 100 (8hr)

400 (24hr)

TABLE 3.2.6

CONCENTRATION OF HEAVY METALS & VOCS IN AMBIENT AIR

Location Pb(µg/m3) As (ng/m

3) Ni (ng/m

3) Benzene (µg/m

3) BaP(ng/m

3)

Dudhala Khurd BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Malegaon BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Kelod 0.08 BDL BDL 1.30 BDL

Birgaon BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Kawatha 0.12 BDL BDL 0.86 BDL

Saonga 0.16 BDL BDL 0.82 BDL

Satnui 0.17 BDL BDL 1.12 BDL

Kharduka BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Ambient Air Quality CPCB Standard

01 (24 hrs) 06 (Annual) 20 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 1 (Annual)

BDL: Below Detectable Limit

3.2.3 Observations

0102030405060708090

100

DudhalaKhurd

Malegaon

Kelod Birgaon Kawatha Saonga Satnui Kharduka

CPCBStandar

d

PM10 46.3 59.6 61.5 74.5 71.6 74.2 79.5 52.8 100.0

PM2.5 15.4 19.1 20.0 26.7 22.5 26.9 29.8 17.4 60.0

SO2 7.1 8.6 8.7 10.6 11.9 13.7 13.5 8.4 80.0

NO2 9.7 9.8 12.1 15.1 16.6 27.2 30.3 9.7 80.0

µg/

m3

Ambient Air Quality





Graphical Representation of Ambient Air Quality

From above graph if we consider only average concentration of main criteria pollutants then it has

been observed that maximum concentration of PM10 is 79.5 µg/m3 recorded at Satnui and minimum is

46.3 µg/m3 recorded at Dudhala Khurd. The concentration of PM2.5 varry from 15.4 µg/m3 to 29.8

µg/m3. SO2 concentration level ranged from 7.1-13.7 µg/m3 and NO2 concentration ranged from 9.7-

30.3 µg/m3 in the study area. Heavy metals were estimated (As, Pb, Ni) from PM10 to know the

concentration levels in particulate matter and were found to be below detectable limit.


day time (8 hours) by DG set as power source. The results are presented in Table 3.2.7.

TABLE 3.2.7

AMBIENT AIR RESULTS OF PROJECT SITE


µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 mg/m

3 μg/m

3 μg/m

3

Project Site 40.2 12.9 5.1 5.6 BDL <5 <5

Ambient Air Quality CPCB Standard

100(24hr) 60(24hr) 80(24hr) 80(24hr) 2(8hr) 100 (8hr) 400(24hr)

3.2.4 Interpretation and Conclusion of Air Quality Assessment in the study area

The air quality of different locations has been compared with the respective NAAQS. The air quality

has been categorized into four broad categories based on an Exceedance Factor (the ratio of

average concentration of a pollutant with that of a respective standard).

The Exceedance Factor (EF) is calculated for major pollutants as follows:

Exceedance Factor = (Observed Average concentration of criteria pollutant) / (National

Ambient Air Quality standard for the respective pollutant).

The four air quality categories are:

Critical pollution (C) : when EF is > 1.5

High pollution (H) : when the EF is between 1.0 - < 1.5

Moderate pollution (M) : when the EF between 0.5 - < 1.0

Low pollution (L) : when the EF is < 0.5

Location

PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NO2

EF Pollution

Category EF

Pollution

Category EF

Pollution

Category EF

Pollution

Category

Dudhala

Khurd 0.46 Low 0.26 Low 0.09 Low 0.12 Low

Malegaon 0.60 Moderate 0.32 Low 0.11 Low 0.12 Low

Kelod 0.62 Moderate 0.33 Low 0.11 Low 0.15 Low

Birgaon 0.75 Moderate 0.45 Low 0.13 Low 0.19 Low

Kawatha 0.72 Moderate 0.38 Low 0.15 Low 0.21 Low

Saonga 0.74 Moderate 0.45 Low 0.17 Low 0.34 Low

Satnui 0.80 Moderate 0.50 Low 0.17 Low 0.38 Low

Kharduka 0.53 Moderate 0.29 Low 0.11 Low 0.12 Low

Dudhala

Khurd 0.46 Low 0.26 Low 0.09 Low 0.12 Low

It has been observed that all locations are falling into low pollution category on the basis of

Exceedance Factor for PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 which indicates the overall ambient air quality of study





area is low polluted category. However, PM10 for most of all locations falling in the third category are

meeting the standards as of now but likely to exceed the standards in future if pollution continues to

increase and is not controlled. The national highway (NH547) is passing through this region and

having major traffic activities which contribute significant effects on air quality.

3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The impacts of noise vary from Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending upon

the noise levels and tolerance levels of the individual. The baseline study for noise levels in the study

area has been carried out by selecting a noise monitoring station based on the following criteria.

Source of the noise

Proximity of the noise generating source to the human settlements

Exposure time

Time- scaled dose-response ratio of the individual receptor

The impact of noise on the surrounding community generally depends upon the following aspects.

Characteristics of the noise sources (i.e. either an instantaneous or a continuous source)

Noise generation period during the day

Location of the noise generating source with respect to the noise sensitive areas

3.3.1 Assessment of Noise Levels within Study Area

The main objective of noise level assessment is to identify all the sources acceptable and

unacceptable to study region. The acoustical environment varies dynamically in magnitude and

character throughout most communities. The noise level variation can be temporal, spectral and

spatial. The maximum impact of noise is felt on urban areas, which is mostly due to the commercial /

industrial activities and vehicular movement during peak hours of the day. A preliminary

reconnaissance was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the study area and

to establish the existing status of the environment with respect to noise levels within the study area

including industrial, commercial, residential and sensitive areas. Eight (8) locations were identified

based on the activities in the village area, traffic and sensitive areas like hospitals and schools. The

noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.3.1 and details are given in Table 3.3.1.

Sound pressure levels (SPL) were measured at all locations considering residential, commercial,

Industrial and sensitive locations. The noise levels were taken for 24 hours. The day time noise levels

were monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night time levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations

within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise levels measured are shown in Table 3.3.2.

TABLE 3.3.1

NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

Station

Code Location

Distance (Km)/

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

Latitude

(North)

Longitude

(East) Justification

N1 Dudhala Khurd 1.4/WNW 21°30'1.35"N 78°53'13.57"E Residential

N2 Malegaon 4.0/NE 21°31'6.98"N 78°55'52.84"E Residential

N3 Kelod 4.6/SSW 21°27'37.20"N 78°52'38.49"E Commercial

N4 Birgaon 7.7/WSW 21°28'23.24"N 78°49'51.54"E Residential

N5 Kawatha 2.2/S 21°28'30.96"N 78°54'14.71"E Silence

N6 Saonga 3.4/NNW 21°31'26.18"N 78°53'4.79"E Commercial

N7 Satnui 5.7/WNW 21°30'45.43"N 78°50'53.53"E Residential

N8 Kharduka 4.1/E 21°29'26.58"N 78°56'25.50"E Residential

Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur





FIGURE 3.3.1: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

3.3.2 Noise Monitoring

Monitoring Methodology of Noise

Environment

Component

Sampling

Location Unit

Sampling

Frequency

Sample Collection Instrument/

Methodology Sampling

Equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise

levels 8 locations

Decibels-

dB (A)

Once during the

study period.

(hourly reading

for 24 hrs at

each location)

Noise level

Meter 0.1 dB (A)

SLM 100

[IS 15575-2

(2005)]





TABLE 3.3.2 NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA


Leq Day Leq Night

1 Dudhala Khurd Residential 45.3 35.6

2 Malegaon Residential 52.1 42.1

3 Kelod Commercial 63.5 51.3

4 Birgaon Residential 53.2 41.6

5 Kawatha Silence 48.2 37.5

6 Saonga Commercial 61.8 50.2

7 Satnui Residential 54.2 41.5

8 Kharduka Residential 51.3 40.6






Source: Field monitoring and analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

3.3.3 Equivalent noise levels

Leq was monitored at all locations considering residential, commercial, Industrial and sensitive locations.

For residential areas the main sources of noise are regular human activities and traffic movements. The

study region also comprising of primary schools, primary health centers etc. Leq was monitored in these

sensitive areas. The values of noise observed in some of the rural areas are primarily owing to vehicular

traffic and other anthropogenic activities. In rural areas wind blowing and chirping of birds would contribute

to noise levels especially during the nights.


limits by CPCB.

3.3.4 Noise levels due to traffic in the study area

The national highway (NH547) is passing through this region and having major traffic activities.

Agglomeration and congestion of traffic was observed on main roads and at the crossing of important

roads near petrol pumps, market and industrial areas. The vehicular traffic was monitored at different

crossings within the study area near highways.

The noise levels monitored at some of the major traffic junctions along with their peak traffic density

are listed in Table 3.3.3. During survey period, the traffic density at these junctions was observed to

be very high (Table 3.3.4).

TABLE 3.3.3

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS IN INDUSTRIAL AREA NEAR HIGHWAYS

Sr. No. Location Distance of Highway

from plant (km)

Direction of Highway

w.r.t plant Leqday Leqnight

1. National Highway 547 0.39 NE 71.9 60.5

CPCB Standards dB(A) Industrial Area 75 70

Source: Field monitoring and analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur





TABLE 3.3.4

VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AND CORRESPONDING NOISE LEVELS DURING PEAK HOURS

IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Traffic Intersection Traffic Density per peak hours Sound pressure

levels (peak hours) H M L

1 National Highway-547 32 120 120 72.1

Observations:

1. Heavy traffic was observed on the main roads passing through the villages during day time,

contributed significantly to the increase in noise levels in the nearby residential areas. During

night time, traffic was less, thereby; noise was mainly due to industrial activities.

2. The major commercial activities in the region were the local markets at various places. Other

than regular human activities, the traffic, particularly, industrial goods vehicles were the noise

generating sources creating marginal increase in noise levels in these areas.

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 Regional Geology

Regionally the area is mainly occupied by Sausar group of rocks which are overlained by alluvium

Formation. The Proterozoic Sausar Belt is located along the southern margin of the CITZ in the

Nagpur area, trending in the E-W to ENE-WSW direction with about 20- to 40-km wide and 300- to

350-km long. The belt is made up of four major geologic components, from south to north; the

southern granulite belt, the supracrustal metasedimentary rocks of the Sausar Group, reworked

inliers of the Tirodi Gneiss and the northern granulite belt. The central domain between two granulite

belts is composed of the Sausar Group, highly tectonized gneissic rocks and several intrusive

granites. The Sausar Group is divided into six formations, in ascending order; the Sitasaongi,

Lohangi, Mansar, Chorbaoli, Junewani, and Bichua (Fig.3.4.2). The Sausar Group comprises of

quartzite, pelite and carbonate associations, containing stratiform manganese deposits which form

the largest manganese oxide reserves in India.

The rocks are regionally metamorphosed and folded under the upper amphibolite to granulite facies

condition, and intercalate tectonized gneissic rocks, which are probably derived from the reworked

basements. The basement gneissic rocks, called the Tirodi Gneiss, include mostly tonalitic gneiss

and minor amounts of pelitic to psammitic gneisses, caJcsilicate gneiss and amphibolite. The Sausar

Belt forms either a synclinorium superimposed over nappes (Fig. 3.4.1A), or a schuppen structure

separated by intercalations of reworked basements (Fig. 3.4.1B) Granulite facies rocks occur in two

belts. The southern granulite belt is traceable from 20-km southeast of Nagpur, through Bhandara

and Tumsar, to Balaghat, trending in a northeast direction, however, the exposures of granulite are

intermittent and confined to small areas. The northern granulite belt is found also in scattered

outcrops within the gneissic area of the Tirodi Gneiss, and marks the northern margin of the Sausar

Belt. Both granulite belts seem to converge in the east of Balaghat.

The manganese bed shows concordant contact with phyllitic pelite, and intruded by granite and

granitic pegmatite. This area is well known for the typical occurrence of gondite which is a banded

rock consisti ng of spessarti ne garnet and manganese-silicate minerals, named after the Gond tribe.

Spessartine garnet crystal in the mi ne often reaches more than a centimeter in diameter. Deccan

trap is also a contributor unit in regional Geology of the area.





Age Group Formations Lithounites

Recent

Alluvium Unconformity

Cretaceous to

Palaeogene

Sahyadri Group Deccan Trap Distinct flows of Basaltic Rocks

Proterozoic

Sausar Group

Intrusives Pegmatite & Vein Quartz

Bichua Formation

Dolomite marble, calc silicate rocks,

bio-mus-schist, sillimanite bearing

quartz-bio-granulites

Junewani Formation

Metapelite (mica schist), quartzite,

granulite, biotite gneiss (re-worked

basement)

Chorbaoli Formation

Garnet-staurolite-quartz-muscovite

schist. Micaceous & cherty quartzite

locally with garnet & magnetite.

Mansar Formation

Manganese ore I & gondite musco-

schist, musbio-schist with sillimanite.

Manganese ore II, schist. Manganese

ore III with gondites.

Lohangi Formation

Dolomite marbles with lenses of

Manganese ore, calc-silicate rocks,

calc-granulites, quartz- bio-granulites

& gneisses.

Sitasaongi

Formation

Quartz mica schist, Felspathic schist,

Mica gneiss, Quartzite, Conglomerate

Archaean Tirodi biotite gneiss Disconformity. Biotite gneiss,

migmatite, tonalite gneiss, cordierite

gneiss, amphibolites etc.

Fig. 3.4.1 POSSIBLE STRUCTURES ON THE N-S CROSS SECTION OF THE CENTRAL PART OF THE

SAURSAR BELT. A- SYNCLINORIUM & NAPPE STRUCTURE. B-SCHUPEN STRUCTURE





FIGURE 3.4.2 – Geology of Site


Considering the mine lease area and the adjacent area, Quartz mica schist, Manganeferous quartzite

& Dolomite rocks, weathered gneisses & quartzite schistscan be easily encountered. In the mine

lease area outcrops of weathered gneisses can be seen on North side of the the Mining Lease

area(Fig. 3.4.3 & Fig. 3.4.4). There is occurrence of manganeferous quartzite boulders as float ore..

Fig. 3.4.3 Outcrops of weathered Quartzite Schist





Fig.3.4.4 NWN-ESE Strike Direction of Quartzite Schist Outcrops

Regional Hydrogeology

Regional aquifer system of the area is mainly comprised of Sausar group of rocks which are highly

metamorphosed & structurally deformed providing secondary openings for Groundwater recharge.

These Archaean crystalline rocks comprising of gneiss, schist, pegmatite and quartzite are the main

formations occurring in north-eastern and south eastern parts of the district. In these rocks,

weathered zone which is down to a depth of 25 mbgl forms the important shallow aquifer for

dugwells. In unweathered crystalline rocks, the occurrence of ground water is mainly controlled by

joints and fractures. Higher yields are generally associated with lineaments. Ground water at places

occurs in fractured zones at depth in semi-confined to confined conditions. Discharge of dug wells

tapping weathered gneisses range from 61 to 77 m3/day.

In Deccan trap formation Ground water occurs under phreatic conditions in the exposed lava flows

and in semi-confined to confined state in the subsurface flows. Ground water is present in pore

spaces in the vesicular unit of each flow and in the jointed and fractured portions of massive unit.

However, secondary porosity and permeability developed on account of weathering, fracturing and

joints play a very important role in the storage and movement of ground water. This has given rise to

good aquifers. Weathering not only produces granular materials but also widens the fractures, joint

and shear zones. It is observed that the discharge of dug wells tapping vesicular basalt and jointed

massive basalts found to be 235 m3/day & 44 to 177 m3/day respectively.

Alluvium consisting of sand, silt, clay and kankar forms the potential water bearing formations and

occurs in some part of the study area. The alluvium of recent to sub-recent age and are found to have

been deposited along the Kanhan and Pench Rivers and their tributaries. They overlie the older

formations such as Archeans, Gondwana and Basalt and have thickness more than 25 m. These

formations are highly productive aquifers and sustain long duration pumping with very less drawdown

and fast recuperation. Ground water occurs in water table and semi-confined conditions in the alluvial

formation. Discharge of dug wells tapping alluvium is 80 m3/day.





FIGURE 3.4.5 HYDROGEOLOGY OF STUDY AREA






purpose. Metamorphosed rock units i.e. schists & Gneisses, form the aquifer near the project area

(Fig. 3.4.5). Depth to water level in pre & post monsoon ranges in study area in Saoner tehsil are 4-5

mbgl & 2-3 mbgl respectively. Whereas, in study area falling in Sausar tehsil of Chhindwara District

depth to water level in pre & post monsoon are 5-10 mbgl & 4-8 mbgl respectively.

Geomorphology

Nagpur district forms part of Deccan Plateau having flat topped and terraced features. Eastward and

north-eastwards the landscape changes due to the change in the underlying rocks. The rocks of

Gondwana series present a low rolling topography with a poor soil cover and vegetation. On the north

the upland ranges are the extension of Satpuras which gradually narrows down towards west. South

of these upland range stretches the Ambegad hills, the western extremity of which is the Nagpur

district. The Ramtek temple is on the spur of this range. The Girad hill range extends along the

southeast and separates the valley of the Kar from that of Jamb up to Kondhali. Another main hill

range runs northwards through Katol taluka from Kondhali to Kelod separating the Wardha and

Wainganga valleys. The north-eastern and east central parts of the district are drained by the

Wainganga and its tributaries.





Fig. 3.4.6 GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

Denudation hills are the prominent Geomorphological feature in the study area which can be seen mainly

in northern hemisphere of the 10km radius of the study area. The southern half shows alluvium & flat land.

3.4.1 Pediment zone can also be seen in the study area. A pediment zone is a relatively gently

sloping surface of bedrock that occurs at the base of a mountain or as a plain having no

associated mountain. The angle of a pediment’s slope is generally from 0.5° to 7°. Water

passes across the pediment by laminar sheet flow, but if this is disturbed, the flow

becomes turbulent and gullies develop. The Mine site area lies at the end portion of

pediment zone & contains gullies developed by turbulent rainwater flow through which the

rainwater flows along the natural gradient. (Fig. 3.4.6) Surface and Ground Water Quality

Assessment

A reconnaissance survey was conducted and 8 ground water samples and 2 surface water samples

were collected to assess the water quality based on the following considerations.

Location of major water bodies

Representative conditions

Potential users

Selected water quality parameters for water resources within 10 km of the study area have been used

for describing the water environment and assessing the impacts on it. Studies on water environment

aspects of ecosystem play an important role in preparation of environmental impact assessment

report and to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ecological

homeostasis. To assess the water quality impacts, water resources in the impact area have been

grouped into two classes.

https://www.britannica.com/science/playa

https://www.britannica.com/science/mountain-landform

https://www.britannica.com/science/plain





a. Surface water resources including streams, ponds, lakes and rivers etc

b. Ground water resources in the deeper strata of the ground.

The water sampling locations are listed in Table 3.4.1 and are depicted in Figure 3.4.7. The samples

were collected as grab samples, preserved and analyzed for various parameters as per the

procedures specified in standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater published by

American Public Health Association (APHA) or IS 10500.

TABLE 3.4.1

DETAILS OF WATER SAMPLING LOCATION

Code Location Latitude Longitude Distance (Km) from

confluence /Direction

Surface Water

SW1 Kanhan River 21°30'4.57"N 78°56'16.07"E 4.0/E

SW2 Kairi River 21°32'42.37"N 78°57'44.26"E 8.7/NE

Groundwater

GW1 Lohani 21°31'0.68"N 78°53'55.86"E 2.3/N

GW2 Khapa Padnwar 21°29'25.98"N 78°55'33.79"E 2.7/ESE

GW3 Kawatha 21°28'30.96"N 78°54'14.71"E 2.2/S

GW4 Kelod 21°27'37.20"N 78°52'38.49"E 4.6/SSW

GW5 Dudhala Khurd 21°30'1.35"N 78°53'13.57"E 1.4/WNW

GW6 Saonga 21°31'26.18"N 78°53'4.79"E 3.4/NNW

GW7 Kabarpipla 21°32'25.57"N 78°51'50.55"E 6.1/NW

GW8 Malegaon 21°31'6.98"N 78°55'52.84"E 4.0/NE

Source: Field monitoring & analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

FIGURE 3.4.7 SURFACE AND GROUNDWATER SAMPLING LOCATION





3.4.2 Observations and interpretation

A number of water samples in the study area were collected both from ground and surface water

sources. The water samples were collected and analyzed for physical, chemical and biological

characteristics as per approved methods. The detailes analysis results are given in the Annexure V

(b).

3.4.2.1 Physico-chemical Characteristics






The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 are 500 mg/l whereas the permissible















166.54-430.50 mg/l.














3.4.2.2 Remarks









3.5 Land use of Study Area

Remote sensing technology has emerged as a powerful tool in providing reliable information on

various natural resources at different levels of spatial details; it has played an important role in

effective mapping and periodic monitoring of natural resources including environment.

With the availability of high resolution remote sensing data, newer areas of remote sensing

applications have been identified, techniques of data processing have been improved and computer

based image processing systems have become more effective.

Based on these application the land use and land cover studies refers to man‟s activities on land,

utilitarian in nature whereas land cover denotes the vegetation cover, water body cover and artificial

constructions, etc.

The Land use/land cover classification system standardized by Department of Space, for mapping

different agro-climatic zones has been adopted. The classification systems are as follows.

Build up land:- It is defined as an of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that

which has a cover of building, transport, communication utilities in association with water, vegetation

and vacant lands.

Land with or without scrub: - They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high ground

with or without scrub. These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly

and mountainous terrain.

Fallow land: - It is described as agricultural lands which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily

allowed to rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are

particularly those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken of both

seasons.

Dense Evergreen forest:-It is described as forest, which comprises of thick and dense canopy of all

trees, which predominantly remain green throughout the year. It includes both coniferous and tropical

broad-lived evergreen trees. Semi- evergreen forest is a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen

trees but the latter predominate.

Water bodies: - Area persistently covered by water such as river and reservoir, lakes.

3.5.1 Land use of Study Area


been prepared using Resource SAT-2, sensor- LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution and date of



information on existing land use pattern, the following data covering approx. 21°24′11.66″ to

21°35′11.05″ N latitude and 78°54′00.79″ to 78°54′15.72″ E longitude and elevation ranging between

344-364 meter in an around mining lease area and for whole 10 km study area is about 235-403 m.

Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard

methods of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth collection and

interpretation of satellite data. The outcome of land use study is presented below in subsequent

tables and figures.





Table 3.5.1

Data specification used for presents study

Satellite/ Image Sensor Scene-Spec Spatial resolution Date of Acquisition

Resource SAT-2 LISS-3 99-57 23.5 m 29 May 2015

IRS-P-5 Cartosat-1 R-1-100-56 2.5 m April 2016

3.5.2 Objective

The objectives of Land use studies are:

To determine the present land use pattern as per EIA/EMP norms by MoEF.

To determine the drainage pattern present in the study area.

3.5.3 Data Used

A. Remote sensing data

IRS P6 LISS-3 Scene

IRS-P5 Cartosat-I data

B. Collateral Data

Survey of India toposheet (OSM) bearing 55 K/14 (F44M-14) and 55K/15(F44M-15 (1:50,000

Scale).

3.5.4 Methodology

The land use pattern of the study area was studied by analysing the available secondary data

published in the District Primary Census abstract of the year 2001 & 2011.

Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below:

Acquisition of satellite data

Preparation of base map from Survey of India topo sheets

Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques

Ground truth studies or field checks using GPS

Finalization of the map

Digitization using head up vectorisation method

Topology construction in GIS

Area calculation for statistics generation

Masking

The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which the sensor collects the remotely sensed data

are two important parameters for any land use survey. IRS P6 LISS III data offers spatial resolution of

23.5 m with the swath width of 141 x 141 km. the data is collected in four visible bands namely green

(Band 2) (0.52-0.59µ), red (Band 3) (0.62-0.69µ), near infrared (NIR) (Band 4) (0.77-0.89µ), short

wave infrared band (Band 5) (1.55-1.75µ) with orbit repeat period of 24 days (three days revisit). The

shapes, sizes, colours, tone and texture of several geomorphic features are visible in IRS data.

Four spectral bands provide high degree of measurability through band combination including FCC

generation, bands rationing, classification etc. These features of the IRS data are particularity

important for better comprehension and delineation of the land use classes. Hence, IRS P6 LISS-III

data has been used for land use mapping.

The digital image processing was performed on ERDAS IMAGINE 2014 and QGIS 2.2 software

system on high-configured computer. This software package is a collection of image processing

functions necessary for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics,

classification, etc. Apart from contrast stretching, there are large numbers of image processing





functions that can be performed on this station. Arc map 9.3 is used for final layout presentation.

The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying quick look (the

sampled image of the appropriate area ;) the sub-scene of the study area is extracted.

Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the different land

use classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve the following three steps:

1. Acquisition of ground truth

2. Calculation of the statistics of training area

3. Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm

The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread throughout the scene with

bordering pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets have been used through the scene for

similar land use classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters of training sets, the training areas

were rectified by deleting no congruous training sets and creating new ones.

3.5.5 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data

The False Colour Composite (FCC) of LISS-3satellite imagery having 23.5 m spatial resolution

satellite data at 1:50,000 scale was used for pre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of topo

sheets, geology, geo-morphology and by using the image elements, the features were identified and

delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature was identified on image by their image elements like

tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A tentative legend in terms of land cover

and land use was formulated. The sample area for field check is selected covering all the

physiographic, land use/land cover feature cum image characteristics. Figure 3.5.1 shows the FCC of

10 KM radius of LISS-3 Imagery.

Figure 3.5.1: FCC of 00-10 km radius with mining location





3.5.6 Ground Truth Collection

Both topo sheets and imagery were carried for field verification and a transverse plan using existing

road network was made to cover as many representative sample areas as possible to observe the

broad land use features and to adjust the sample areas according to field conditions. Detail field

observations and investigations were carried out and noted the land use features on the imagery.

3.5.7 Post Field Work for Land Use/Land Cover Classification

The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India Toposheets on

1:50,000 scale. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land cover features boundaries from IRS-2,

sensor LISS-3 having 23.5m spatial resolution, False Colour Composite were modified in light of field

information and the final thematic details were transferred onto the base maps. The final interpreted

and classified thematic map was cartograph. The cartographic map was categorically differentiate

with standard colour coding and described features with standard symbols. All the classes were

identified and marked by the standard legend on the map.The following Land Cover classes were

derived and classified as under:

1. Agricultural land

2. Settlements/Industrial Settlements

3. Dense Forest/Mixed Forest

4. Open scrub

5. Mines/Quarry

6. Water Bodies/River/Nala/Stream

Total area of 10 km radius is about 314 sq. km.

3.5.8 Land Use/Land Cover Classification- Interpretation

The Land Cover classes were extracted following a Visual interpretation method or on screen

digitization of the Resource Sat-2 Imagery, sensor LISS-3 having 23.5m spatial resolution image.

These were later verified by using SOI toposheet and Google Earth imagery. Polygon layers for each

class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The Land Cover classes and their

coverage can be seen in the following table 3.5.2 and its distribution is shown in Figure 3.5.3. The

present Land Cover classes are represented in Figure 3.5.2. Total six major land use/ land cover

classes were demarcated in the study area and a thematic map of 1:50,000 scales were generated

incorporating these classified categories considering the area of the project. The area as a whole

represents a gently slope, drained by a number of north west to south east flowing rivers which

debouche into the one Kanhan River in East-West direction. It is also observed that the Kapleshwar

Nala, Kolar Nadi, Khekara Nala and numerous streams also flows under the 10 km radius. Kolar Nadi

is one of the principle stream flows through the project site in southern area meets with

Chandrabhaga River ultimately forms Kolar nadi and confluence in Kanhan River towards south east

direction.





Figure 3.5.2: LU/LC details of 00-10 km radius

TABLE 3.5.2

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 00-10 KM RADIUS

LU/LC classes and their coverage in Sq. Km


1






2

Agriculture Land

Cropland 230.15 73.30


3

Water bodies


Pond/Tank 1.22 0.39

4

Scrub/Waste Land


5

Dense Forest


6 Mining/Stone Quarry 1.13 0.36

Total 314 100





Figure 3.5.3: Pie chart represent the LU/LC details of 00-10 km radius

From the Table 3.5.2 it has been depicted that total eight major land use/land cover classes were

demarcated in the study area. As seen from the land cover classes that were derived agriculture

appears to be the land use pattern that the villagers are engaged, however there is a large area of

open scrub land which can be later developed into a cultivable land. Agriculture has the highest

coverage of all the land cover classes having 73.30 % (230.15 sq.km approx) of the total project area

and thereafter the forest area covers second highest position having 16.57 % (52.04 sq. km approx).

The major reserve forest present in the study area are as Sita Gondi RF, Sapghota RF, Pareghat PF

and Khapa Padri Rf and various PF and RF were present in the study area which is parts covers the

Pench reserve, thereafter Open scrub having 5.48 % (17.21 sq. km).

The presence of water bodies including the river, dam, canal and tributaries as seen from the figure

3.5.2 is about 2.39 % (7.51 sq.km). It has been observed that the Kanhan River which is flowing

through the project site towards eastern direction is about 3.88 km. There are numerous stream and

nala were flowing under the project site. There are certain pockets of area is under the mining of

stone quarry in open cast by the various private players having ancillary units of construction and

township projects. The present mining project is the virgin mines for opening of manganese ore by

open cast method having 26.67 ha and the area covers by these stone quarry/ mining activities

including the Manganese Open cast mine, is at a slight minimal level i.e. 0.36% (1.13 sq. km approx).

It is also resembles from the satellite data and LU/LC map Settlements occupy a subsequent area,

predominantly their presence in bank of Kanhan river and spreads all over the adjoining study area.

Maximum settlements were seen in North West, West North West and South West parts of the study

area which is shown in figure 2.1 i.e. 0.77 % (2.41 sq. km). The built up area present in the LULC of

10 km radius excluding the settlements present in the area is about 0.89% (2.81). The terrain

presumably makes it difficult to visualize some of the other features of the total project area. It is also

observed that the study area is well connected by railway i.e. main railway line connecting from

Nagpur-Chindwara route and also the one National Highway are present (NH-69) and also SH-249.

3.5.9 Drainage Details of 0 – 10 km radius

The distance, direction of River/Streams/Nala found in the surrounding areas of 10 KM radius from the

project sites are given in Table 3.5.3 and Figure3.5.4 represents the drainage of the study area with mining

lease area location.

0.77% 0.41%

0.31% 0.17%

73.30%

0.24%

2.00%

0.39%

5.48%

16.57%

0.36%

Settlement

Industry/other industries

Road Infrastructure

Railway Line/Railway Siding

Cropland

Barren Land

River/Nala/Stream

Pond/Tank

Land with scrub/Open Scrub

Open Mixed Jungle/PF/RF

Mining/Stone Quarry





Table 3.5.3

DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF RIVER/STREAM/NALA PRESENT IN PROJECT SITE WITHIN 10 KM

RADIUS

Figure 3.5.4: Drainage details of 00-10 km radius

3.5.10 Forest of study area within 10 KM Radius

The forest comprises of about reserve forest, mixed forest & open scrub having 22.05 % of the study

area. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, exist within

the 10 km radius of the study area. The nearest reserve forest are as Sita Gondi RF, Sapghota RF,

Pareghat PF and Khapa Padri RF and various PF and RF were present in the study area which is

parts covers the Pench reserve, thereafter Open scrub having 5.48 % (17.21 sq. km). It has been

also noticed that Khapa Padri RF is just adjacent to mining lease area. No forest land observed within

mine lease area. The distance, direction of reserve forest found in the surrounding areas of 10 km

radius from the project sites is present in Table 3.5.4.

Name of the

River/Stream/Nala Distance from Project Site Direction from Project Site

Kanhan River 3.88 Km E

Kapleshwar Nala 3.97 Km S

Korardhari Nala 8.41Km S

Khekara Nala 5.57 Km ENE





Table 3.5.4

DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF FOREST/MIXED FOREST AND ZUDGPI JUNGLE PRESENT IN

PROJECT SITE WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

Name of the Forest Distance Direction

Sita Gondi RF 7.43 Km ENE

Sapghota RF 6.24km NE

Pareghat PF 3.84km NE

Khapa Padri RF 0.5 km NNW

Elevation Details of 0 – 10 km radius

The contour-Map has been prepared by taking the elevation information by using Survey of India

Toposheet No. 55K/14 and 55 K/14 and also using the help of satellite data CartoSat-1 with 2.45m

spatial resolution with respect to Google Earth imagery information and contour has been generated

at 10 m intervals as depicted in Figure 3.5.6 and the DEM model has been represented in Figure

3.5.6. The 10 km radius of the proposed manganese mining project area is confined within 235 meter

to 403 meter above MSL as derived from DEM data.

Figure 3.5.5: Contour details of 00-10 km radius





Figure 3.5.6: DEM details of 00-10 km radius

3.5.11 Baseline status of soil

Soil characteristics

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth‟s crust which serves as a natural medium for the growth

of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to, and influenced by

genetic and environmental factors – parent material, climate, organisms and topography all acting

over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent material in the morphological, physical, chemical

and biological properties. Also, soil differs among themselves in some or all the properties, depending

on the differences in the genetic and environmental factors. Thus, some soils are red, some are

black; some are deep and some are shallow; some are coarse-textured and some are fine-textured. It

serves in varying degree as a reservoir of nutrients and water for crops, provides mechanical

anchorage and favorable tilth. The components of soils are mineral materials, organic matter, water

and air, the proportions of which vary and which together form a system for plant growth; hence there

is a need to study the soils in perspective manner.

3.5.11.1 Data generation on Soil


conditions in and around the project site representing various landuse conditions. The physical,

chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined. The samples were collected by ramming

a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 20 cm. Total 8 representative samples were collected from

different locations within the study area and analyzed. The details of the soil monitoring locations are

given in Table 3.5.5 and shown in Figure 3.5.7. The monitoring was carried out once in the study

period during post monsoon season 2017. The international pipette method (Black, 1964) was

adopted for determination of particle size analysis. The physical parameters such as bulk density,

porosity and water holding capacity were determined by following KR box method (Keen and

racekowski) 1921.





TABLE 3.5.5

DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

FIGURE 3.5.7: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

3.5.11.2 Soil Characteristic and Interpretation

Physical Characteristics of Soil

Physical characteristics of soils were determined through specific parameters viz. particle size

distribution, bulk density, porosity, water holding capacity, texture and are presented in Annexure

V(c).

Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils thus inducing compaction. This results

in reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of roots through soils. The soils with low bulk

density have favorable physical conditions whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical

Station

Code Location Latitude Longitude

Distance(Km)/

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

S1 Project Site - - -

S2 Khapa Padnwar 21°29'25.98"N 78°55'33.79"E 2.7/ESE

S3 Kawatha 21°28'30.96"N 78°54'14.71"E 2.2/S

S4 Kelod 21°27'37.20"N 78°52'38.49"E 4.6/SSW

S5 Dudhala Khurd 21°30'1.35"N 78°53'13.57"E 1.4/WNW

S6 Saonga 21°31'26.18"N 78°53'4.79"E 3.4/NNW

S7 Kabarpipla 21°32'25.57"N 78°51'50.55"E 6.1/NW

S8 Malegaon 21°31'6.98"N 78°55'52.84"E 4.0/NE





conditions for agriculture crops. The bulk density of the soil in the study area ranged between 1.41-

1.61 g/cc which indicates favorable physical condition for plant growth. The water holding capacity is

between 18.45-34.06 %. Infiltration rate, in the soil is in the range of 15.99-26.62 mm/hr as shown in

Annexure V(c).

Chemical Characteristics of Soil

Data collected for chemical characteristics of soils through selected parameters viz. pH, soluble

cations and anions, exchangeable cations, organic content and fertility status in the form of NPK

values and organic matter are presented in Annexure V(c).

pH is an important parameter indicative of alkaline or acidic nature of soil. It greatly affects the

microbial population as well as solubility of metal ions and regulates nutrient availability. Variation in

the pH of the soil in the study area is presented in Annexure V(c) and it is found to be neutral to

moderately alkaline (7.2-7.85) in reaction. Electrical conductivity, a measure of soluble salts in the soil

is in the range of 111-456.6 μS/cm as shown in Annexure V(c).

The important soluble cations in the soil are calcium and magnesium whose concentration levels

ranged from 209.52-486.44 mg/Kg and 75.12-153.05 mg/Kg respectively. Chloride is in the range of

186.39-829.71 mg/Kg.

Nutrient Status

Organic matter and organic carbon present in the soil influences its physical and chemical conditions

and is responsible for stability of soil aggregates. The organic matter content is presented in

Annexure V(c).

Organic matter and nitrogen were found in the range of 0.34-2.17 % and 125.17-161.12 kg/ha.

FERTILITY STATUS

Organic Carbon N P K

- Level in poor soil 0.5 < 280 < 23 < 133

- Level in moderate soil < 0.5 – 0.75 280-560 23-57 133 –337

- Level in fertile soil > 0.75 > 560 > 57 > 337

RELATIONSHIP OF CEC WITH PRODUCTIVITY

Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Productivity

1 < 10 Very Low

2 10 – 20 Low

3 20 – 50 Moderate

4 > 50 High

RELATIONSHIP OF CEC WITH ABSORPTIVITY

Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Absorptivity

1 <10 Low

2 10 – 20 Moderate

3 20 – 30 Moderately high

4 30 – 40 High

Heavy Metals Content in the Soil

Plant requires some of the heavy metals at microgram levels for their metabolic activities. These

heavy metals are also termed as macronutrients. Their efficiency becomes a limiting factor in the





plant growth, but at the same time their higher concentration in soils may lead to toxicity. Some of the

heavy metals were estimated and their concentration levels are presented in Annexure V(c).

3.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Biological environment of any area, constitute of all living beings of that area. It is an integral part of

the environment, which is often considered as synonymous with species richness of the area.

Identifying, measuring and monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The biodiversity assessment

is generally concerned with conducting inventories for assessing present biodiversity. Any change in

the surrounding environment could cause loss of the species or decrease in the biodiversity.

Flora and Fauna are important features of natural environment. They are organized into communities

with mutual dependencies among their members and show various responses and sensitivities to

outside influences. Therefore, nature of development and baseline characteristics of flora and fauna

around the site of proposed activities is required to be assessed. Hence, the present study is

conducted to generate the baseline pertaining to biological environment and assessment of the

impact due to proposed Manganese Mine Project on biotic environment.

Objective:

The ecological study of the area was conducted in order to understand the existing status of the flora

and fauna to generate baseline information and evaluate the possible impacts on biological

environment. The present study highlights the various issues pertaining to floristic diversity and faunal

wealth in the surrounding area up to 10 km radius of the proposed project sites.

The major objectives of the study were:

1. To document the diversity of the local flora within Project site (core) and buffer zone.

2. To enlist the major agricultural crops, plantations and cultivated species.

3. To document the major fauna both invertebrate and vertebrate occurring in the selected 10 km

study area.

Methodology

The baseline study for existing biological environment was carried out during pre-monsoon - 2017.

Study of flora and fauna carried out as per prescribed method addressed in SOP. A participatory and

consultative approach was also followed. Field visits were under taken for survey of the vegetation

and animals in the study area. The study area is divided into two parts as core zone (26.67 Ha.) and

buffer zone.

Ecosystems/ Habitat & Vegetation of the study area:

The proposed Manganese Ore Mine project located in Kawatha village, in Tehsil Saoner of District

Nagpur, Maharashtra State. As per the bio-geographical classification of zone in India the project

area comes under Zone 6 Deccan Peninsula & as per Bio-geographic classification of Indian

provinces project area comes under (6D) part of the Deccan Peninsula – Central Plateau. The river

Kanhan is passing through the East part (2.66 KM away from ML area) of the study area by taking

various twist and turns along its path. Seasonal stream towards South East direction crossing through

mine lease area. Land use pattern of this region was dominated by agricultural fields (73.54%)

followed by Reserved Forest and Open mixed jungle-Protected Forest-Reserve Forest (16.57%). No

forest land is involved Mine Lease (core zone) area.

The following account of floral diversity, based on the field survey conducted for a short duration, is

aimed to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region along with faunal attributes and baseline





data validated by secondary data from Forest Working Plan of Nagpur Forest Division - 2015-16 to

2024-25.

Details about, Study area & Forest type:

Detail description of vegetation type in buffer and core zone

Buffer Zone:

The forest in the study area belongs to the Sub Group 5 A – Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous

Forests as per revised classification of „Champion and Seth‟. Underneath this main sub group,

considering local variations occur depending primarily upon the edaphic factors such as parent rock

and consequent soil types; topography of the tract and the past treatment provided to these forest

crops. Thus, forest in the study area further categorized as under

Sub-Group 5A Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

Dry Teak Forest – 5A/Ci

Dry Deciduous Scrub Forests – 5/D S1

Southern Dry Mixed Deciduous Forests – 5A/c-3

Dry Teak Bearing Forest: This type of forest is predominantly observed in Sitagondi Reserve forest.

Common associates of Teak in the over-wood are observed as Dhaora (Anogeissus latiflolia), Lendia

(Lagerstroemia parviflora), Ain (Terminalia tomentosa), movai (Lannea coromandelica), Bhirra

(Chloroxylon swietenia), Bel (Aegle marmelos), Bor (Zizyphus sp.), Ghot (Zizyphus xylophyra), Air

(Terminalia tomentosa), Ahl (Morinda tinctoria), Khair (Acacia catechu), Achar (Buchanania lanzan),

Tendu (Diospyros melanoxylon)etc. Under growth is not dense, except in moist valleys or along nala

bank where Nirgudi (Vitex negundo), Murag sheng (Helecteres isora), and Bharati (Gymnosporia

montana), Chilati (Mimosa hamate), stunted Khair (Acacia catechu) occurs and at very few places

Lantana (Lantana camara), and Parijatak (Nyctanthes arbortristis) are found.

The common shrubs found are Dhyati (Woodfordia fruticosa), Bharati, ber (Zizypus sp.) and neel

(Indigofera tinctoria).

Climbers are not very common except along nala and streams. The main climbers found in areas are

Chilati choti (Acacia pennata), Malkangani (Celastrus paniculata), Piwarbel (Combratum ovalifolia),

Nagbel (Cryptolepis buchanani), Dudhi (Hemidesmus indicus), Dhimarbel (Ichnocarpus prutescens),

Mahul (Bahinia vahilii), Ironi (Zizyphus oenoplea).

Southern Dry Mixed Deciduous Forests:

A considerable variety of degenerated forests could be included in this type. These forests are the

result of long continued maltreatment, of which excessive grazing and repeated cutting are the main

factors. These forests usually grow under heavy grazing conditions. Ain, Dhaora, Lendia are the most

common species observed in the study area. The other associates are Tendu, Moha, Palash, Hiwar,

Khair, Ber, Ghoti, Bhirra, etc. The trees hardly reach the height of 6 metre in such areas. Ain, Garari,

Salai and Mowai are found in most of the forest in the study area.

The undergrowth species like Bharati, Tarota (Cassia tora), Nirgudi (Vitex negundo) were observed

within the study area.

The climbers were Dudhi (Ichnocarpus frutescence), Piwarbel (Combratum decandrum), Malkanguni

(Celestrus paniculata), Kanch Khuari (Mukuna pruriense)





Grass species were – Kusal (Heteropogan contortus), Sheda (Sehima nurvosum), Ghonal (Themada

trianora), Rusa (Cymbopogan martini) Bhurbhusi (Erogostis tenella), Paoniya (Ischoemum sulcatum),

etc.

Areas of forests adjoining to villages have scrub and scanty forests and mostly thorny species like

Babul, Chilati, Khair are found.

Core Zone:

Vegetation type in core zone:

No forest land involved within the lease area. The total ML area is 26.67 ha comprises of review land.

The vegetation was observed in the Mine lease area is belonging to Southern dry mixed deciduous

type. The floral components were observed are as follows:

Trees: Acacia catechu, Acacia leucophloea, Madhuca latifolia, Acacia nilotica, Adina cordifolia, Aegle

marmelos, Ailanthus excelsa, Annona squamosa, Azadirachta indica, Butea monosperma, Cloroxylon

switania, Dalbergia sissoo, Diospyros malanoxylon, Ficus glomerata, Lagerstroemia parviflora,

Ziziphus mauritiana and Ziziphus xylopyra.

Shrubs/Under Trees: Abutulon indicum, Andrographis paniculata, Barleria prionites, Calotropis

procera, Datura metal, Helicteres isora, Hamlitonia suaveolens, Lantena Camera, Maytenus

emarginata, Solanum xanthocarpum, Lantana camera, Cassia auriculata, Jetropha gossipifolia and

Vitex nigundo.

Herbs& Grasses: Tridax procumbense, Alternanthera sessilis, Aerva laneta, Xanthium strumarium,

Achyranthes aspera, Croton sparsiflorus, Tephrosia hamiltonil, Parthenium hysterophorus, Tribulus

terrestris, Argemone Mexicana, Cleome viscosa and Hyptis suaveolins. Major grasses includes

Eragrostic tenella, Andropogan pumilus, Cynodon dactylon, Apluda mutica, Sehima nervosum and

Cymbopogon martini.

Climbers: Mimosa hamata, Zizyphus oenoplia, Abrus precatorius, Mucuna pruriens, Bauhinia vahlii

and Cuscuta reflexa

Enlistment of Vegetation in the buffer zone and core zone

Trees:

The species enlisted from the buffer zone and core is given in the Annexure VI (a).

Vegetation near Human Habitation

Near the villages, the vegetation pattern has abruptly changed from that what is observed in the forest

areas. The common species are those which are useful to the human beings. The species commonly

found are Mangifera indica, Madhuca longifolia, Syzigium cumini, Tamarindus indica, Terminalia bellerica,

Ficus bengalensis, Ficus religiosa, Psidium guajava, Azadirachta indica, etc.

Agriculture

The details pertaining to agriculture and horticulture crops within the study area are presented in

Annexure VI (b).

Note on Forest Details, National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Tiger Reserve, Biosphere Reserve

wrt to study area

Forest covered in the study area is about 16.57%. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, within the 10 km study area. The nearest wildlife sanctuary was





Mansinghdeo Wildlife Sanctuary 12.0 km from mine lease area as per Nagpur forest subdivision

office letter.

The distance, direction of Reserve Forest found in the surrounding areas of 10 km radius from the project

site is as follows:

Name of the Forest Distance Direction

Khapa Padri RF 0.5 km NNW

Pareghat PF 3.84km NE

Sapghota RF 6.24km NE

Sita Gondi RF 7.43 Km ENE

Phyto-sociological Survey:

Phyto-sociological study of any vegetation, whether tree layer, shrub or herbaceous layer, is an

important aspect of an ecological study, which deals with social interaction of these plant species

among themselves. This study also reflects about the totality of vegetation at any particular site. The

interaction of species and its totality always varies with space and time lapse and alteration in factors

such as edaphic, climatic and other stresses.

The stratified random sampling approach was followed for phyto-sociological survey in the present

study. The phyto-sociological data from these forests were quantitatively analysed to work out the

diversity, evenness, dominance, importance value, Frequency, basal area and stand density. The

details are presented in Annexure VI(c).

Interpretation of Phyto-sociological study of vegetation

The IVI table for trees indicates that the Tectona grandis (Teak) is the sole dominant species in the area

with Terminalia tomentosa, Anogeissus latifolia as almost the second dominant species in Reserve Forest

in the study area. Whereas, in core zone (Mine Lease) area observed that predominant species of Annona

squamosa (Sitafal), Zizypus sp., babool and Palash grown in the form of under tree with stunted

vegetation.









BSI, 2003).



unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding

region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species none are

assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.





Aquatic Plant Diversity:

Kanhan River is passing through the study area, in particular hydrophytes were studied Kanhan river

stretch studied within study area. The study area is also having few fresh water ponds. The water

bodies observed in low lying areas exist with patches of marshy depressions and swamps as well as

perennial water bodies of varying shape, size and depth.







Anchored hydrophytes with floating shoots: Ipomea aquatica.



3.1 PHOTO DOCUMENTATION

Few Photographs of Mine Lease Area





Tawny coster (Acraea terpsicore) observed on Tridax

procumbens herb.

Red Vented Bulbul

Sqamosa annona abunduntly observed within core

and buffer zone of the study area

Interaction with villagers with forest area

Mongoose observed within buffer zone Green Bee Eater




top carnivore not observed in the study area either directs or indirect evidences but its existence in

the buffer area were taken in consideration as Sitagondi Reserve forest is a part of study area. During





the site survey, indirect evidences in the form of pellets of Bluebull, Cheetal, Barking Deer, Indian

gazelle, Hanuman langur were observed in reserve forest of the study area. Among the reported

species no Schedule I species were observed in Core Area.



the river (Kanhan River), ponds and streams. fauna which are observed and enquiry from local

people of the study provided in Annexure VI(d).

Assessment of fauna and avi-fauna.

Faunal Biodiversity of the Study Area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to Mammals, Reptiles,

Birds, Butterfly and Fishes species, a baseline survey was conducted in Post monsoon season 2017.

Fishes from the Study Area:

The Kanhan River is a tributary of the Wainganga River of central India. It is passing through the

study area. Kanhan River is about 3.75 Km in East direction from the mine lease area. Species of

Fishes mainly observed in Kanhan River are confirmed through the consultative approach with

villagers and documented in Annexure VI(b).

List out endangered and endemic species as per the schedule of the Wildlife Protection Act,

1972









BSI, 2003).



unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding

region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species none are

assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.

Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area:

As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the

protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or

incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the

country.Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act,

1972 by including them in different schedules.

As per IUCN RED (2013) list









biological diversity.

Among reported species Schedule I/Endangered/Vunerable/Near Threatened Species observed in

the buffer zone are presented below:

In Mammals: Gazella bennettii (Indian gazelle) and in Avifauna: Aves Pavo Cristatus (Indian Peafawl)

are Schedule I species observed in the buffer zone.

3.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 Reconnaissance

The proposed of manganese mining project site is located in Kawatha village boundary, Saoner taluka,

district Nagpur. Saoner taluka is a town and tehsil headquarter in north part of Nagpur district in state of

Maharashtra.

Manganese, it is an essential agent in steel & ferro alloys, metal manufacturing & as well as manganese

base chemicals. The Proposed manganese mine will help to fulfil the demand of manganese in industrial

sector.

3.7.2 Methodology adopted for the study

Desk research is the major methodology adopted for the study which involves researching,

compiling and analysing the data. The 10 km radius study area map

Sociological aspect including human settlements, demography, and infrastructure aspect for

education, health, drinking water, power supply, communication and the land use aspect has

been collected compiled and analysed with the help of Primary abstract census data 2011 &

District census handbook 2011 of Maharshtra state.

The details of the study area contain points as follows

Demographic details

Employment details

Infrastructure facilities

Landuse details

Survey observations

Opinion & awareness regarding project

Quality of life

3.7.3 Demographic highlights of the study area

The demographic aspects of the study area comprises of the various features of the population

across to the study area. The population composition is described here in term of basic demographic

features like, house hold status, age, social composition, education, etc. The distribution of population

has been reflected here based on the geographic boundaries.

Dwelling units explain the geographical composition of the area. The table depicts the number of

villages within the 10 km radius area from the project site. The 10 km radial map covers total 30

villages,30 villages from Savner Tehsil District Nagpur in Maharshtra State Details are presented in

Annexure VII(a). Population size of the villages is given in Table 3.7.1





TABLE 3.7.1

POPULATION SIZE VILLAGE WISE

Sr. No Population size 0-10 km In %

1 < 50 1 3.33

2 50-99 2 6.67

3 100-199 0 0.00

4 200-499 4 13.33

5 500-1999 21 70.00

6 2000-4999 1 3.33

7 5000-9000 1 3.33

Total 30 100%

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Nagpur, State Maharshtra

Above given table shows population size of the village‟s. Most of the villages had population size in

between 500-1999.

TABLE 3.7.2

POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA

Zones Total

household

Total

Population Total Male Total Female

Total

0-6 child

Total

SC

Total

ST

0-10

km 7034 29968 15326 14642 3013

5381

2935

Source: Primary census abstract 2011,, District Nagpur , State Maharshtra

Note: No_ HH: Number of household, TOT_P: Total population, TOT_M: Total Male, TOT_F: Total

female, P_06: Population 0-6, M_06: Male 0-6, F_06: Female 0-6, P_SC: Population SC , P_ST:

Population ST

.

3.7.3.1 Population details

Total 7034 household residing in the study area and average family size was 4 persons in per

family

Total population in the study area was 29968

Total male population was 15326

Total female population was 14642

Total 0-6 child population was 3013

Total Scheduled Cast population was 5381 (17.96%) of total population

Total tribal Scheduled Cast population was 2935 (9.79%) of total population

Population details are shown in Table 3.7.2

3.7.3.2 Details of sex ratio in the study area

The sex ratio is the ratio of female to male in the population (normalize to 1000). The sex ratio in the

study area showed unevenly distributed trends. Overall sex ratio is 955 female to thousand male.

Child 0-6 sex ratio was 939 female to 1000 male. In SC category 943 female ST category and 966

female to 1000 male Details are presented in Figure 3.7.1





FIGURE 3.7.1: SEX RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.3.3 Details of literacy rate

TABLE 3.7.3

LITERATE & ILLITERATE POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA

Zones P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT P_ILL M_ILL F_ILL

0-10 km 21926 12138 9788 8042 3188 4854

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Nagpur, State Maharashtra

Note: P_LIT: Population Literate, M_LIT: Male Literate, F_LIT: Female Literate, P_IL Population

Illiterate, M_ILL: Male Illiterate, F_ILL: Female Illiterate

Literacy Details

Total literate population was 21926 (73%)

Out of total literate population male literate population was 12138 (56%)

Out of total literate population female literate population was 9788 (44%)

Total illiterate population 8042 (27%)

From the above given data, it is revealed that illiterate rate is improving in the study area.

(73%) population is literate in the study area. Literacy rate is given in Table 3.7.3 and literacy

rate is given in Figure 3.7.2





FIGURE 3.7.2: LITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.4 Details of employment pattern

The identification of the current economic characteristics of the study area is also an important part of

defining the employment pattern of the study area.

There are different types of employment pattern that may be classified as: Persons who had worked

for at least six months or 183 days are classfied as main workers and persons classied as marginal

workers who had participated in any economic or productive activity for less than six months or 183

days during the last one year. Non workers are those who had not worked any time in the year.

Employment pattern in the study area is given in Table 3.7.4 and main worker employment pattern is

given in Table 3.7.5, Figure 3.7.3 Details are presented in Annexure VII(b).

TABLE 3.7.4

EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Zones Total Workers Total main Workers Total Marginal Workers Total Non-Workers

0-10 km 15859 13544 2315 14109


According to census 2011, total worker population was 15859 (52.92%) of total population in

the study area

Main worker population was 13544 (45.19%)

Total marginal worker population was 2315 (7.72%)

Total non-worker population was 14109 (47.08%)

Above given statistics indicates that non worker population are more than working population.





FIGURE 3.7.3 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

TABLE 3.7.5

MAIN WORKERS EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Zones Cultivators Agricultural workers Household industry workers Main other workers

0-10 km 4192 7226 192 1934


According to census 2011, out of total main workers, 4192 (30.95%) were cultivator workers

7226 (53.35%) workers engaged in agricultural workers

Total 192 (1.42%) were involved in household industry related work

Other working population was 1934 (14.28%)

Above statistics indicates that most of the workers were engaged in other works eg. Private job,

labour work, business etc.

3.7.5 Infrastructures facilities

The socio-economic wellbeing of the area and its people is represented by the infrastructure and the

social assets available in the area. The study area constituted of various infrastructures related to

education, health care, communication, transportation, drinking water etc. All details of infrastructure

facilities are given in Annexure VI(c) and Figure 3.7.4





FIGURE 3.7.4: INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA IN PERCENTAGE

Baseline data on land-use was generated using information available with census data, which is presented in details in Annexure-VII(d). Details of land use pattern of the study area are given in Table 3.7.6 The following prominent land use classes have been observed in the study area.

TABLE 3.7.6 LAND USE PATTERN (In ha)

S.N

o

Zo

ne

To

tal

Ge

og

rap

hic

al

Are

a

Fo

res

t A

rea

Are

a u

nd

er

No

n-

Ag

ric

ult

ura

l U

ses

Ba

rre

n &

Un

-

cu

ltiv

ab

le L

an

d

Are

a

Pe

rma

ne

nt

Pa

stu

res a

nd

Oth

er

Gra

zin

g

Lan

d A

rea

L

an

d U

nd

er

Mis

cell

an

eo

us

Tre

e C

rop

s

Cu

ltu

rab

le W

as

te

Lan

d

Fall

ow

s L

an

d

oth

er

than

Cu

rre

nt

Fallo

ws

Are

a

Cu

rre

nt

Fallo

ws

Are

a

Ne

t A

rea

So

wn

To

tal

10 k

m

147

25

.34

162

8.6

8

687

.99

551.6

8

482

.89

141

.07

553

.88

529

.36

855

.85

929

3.9

4

Source: District census handbook 2011, District Nagpur, State Maharshtra.

3.7.5.1 Forest land

This includes all land classified either as forest under any legal enactment, or administered as forest,

whether State-owned or private, and whether wooded or maintained as potential forest land. The

area of crops raised in the forest and grazing lands or areas open for grazing within the forests

remain included under the “forest area”. Forest area occupies about 1628.68 hectares (11.06%) of

total land.

3.7.5.2 Area under non-agricultural Uses

This includes all land occupied by buildings, roads and railways or under water, e.g. rivers and canals, and

other land put to uses other than agriculture. 687.99 hectares (4.67%) hectare land was comes under non

agricultural uses.





3.7.5.3 Barren & un-cultivable land area

This includes all land covered by mountains, deserts, etc. Land, which cannot be brought under

cultivation except at an exorbitant cost is classified as un culturable whether such land is in isolated

blocks or within cultivated holdings. 551.68 hectare (3.75 %) of total land was under this category.

3.7.5.4 Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Land Area

This includes all grazing land whether it is permanent pasture/meadows or not. Village common

grazing land is included under this category. 482.89 hectares (3.28%) land comes under this

category.

3.7.5.5 Culturable Waste Land

This includes land available for cultivation, whether taken up or not taken up for cultivation once, but not

cultivated during the last five years or more in succession including the current year for some reason or the

other. Such land may be either fallow or covered with shrubs and jungles, which are not put to any use.

They may be accessible or inaccessible and may lie in isolated blocks or within cultivated holdings. 553.88

hectare (3.76%) land included in this category

3.7.5.6 Fallow Lands other than Current Fallows

This includes all land, which was taken up for cultivation but is temporarily out of cultivation for a period of

not less than one year and not more than five years. 529.36 hectare (3.59%) land comes in this category.

3.7.5.7 Current Fallow Land

This represents cropped area, which is kept fallow during the current year. In this category total 855.85

hectare land (5.81%) was under current fallow land

3.7.5.8 Net Area Sown

This represents the total area sown with crops and orchards. Area sowed more than once in the same year

is counted only once. 9293.94 hectare (63.12%) land was under net sown area in the study area.

FIGURE 3.7.5: LAND USE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

3.7.6 Socio-economic survey methodology

The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders, particularly the

project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of consultative process. The





population groups that were consulted include beneficiary group of people in the project influence

area, particularly the shopkeepers, farmers, school teachers, gram panchayat Sarpanch/members

and village leaders etc. This has helped to know the exact situation and views of the people about the

project.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and

female) for household survey. For official information of village, Sarpanch/Gram Panchyat member

has been chosen. Structured questionnaire were used for survey. For group discussion, Panchyat

bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan, community halls were used. Household survey & group discussion.

Out of total 30 villages total 7(20%) were surveyed. Village list of surveyed villages is given in list of

surveyed villages is given in Table 3.7.7

TABLE 3.7.7

LIST OF SURVEYED VILLAGES

Sr. No Villages

1. 1 Kawatha

2. 2 Kelwad

3. 3 Parsodi

4. 4 Sonpur

5. 5 Khursapar

6. 6 Dudhbardi

7. 7 Raibasa

Source: Primary survey executed by Anacon socio-economic survey team

3.7.7 Salient observation of the survey / study area

House pattern: Types of housing varied from thatched to pucca (pakka) houses 60% houses

were in pucca (pakka) form,30% in semi pakka and 10% houses were observed in kaccha

form

Employment: Main occupation in the study area was agriculture and Labour Work its allied

activities eg. Cattle rearing, dairy farming etc. Other income generation sources of the area,

small business; private jobs etc. The labours were getting daily wags in the range of 250-350

Rs, depending on type of work they set

Fuel: The primary sources of cooking fuel were LPG, cow dung and coal etc.

Main crops: The principal crops grown in agricultural farm were wheat, Soyabeans, Cotton, onion, potato and Vegetables etc. During discussion with villagers/farmers it was revealed that crop productivity of the study area is good and two to three times multi crop production was performing in the study area.

Migration from other states: During survey it was found that local population were not

migrating for employment purpose, they prefer only local employment

Language: Official language Marathi as well as mother tongue Marathi of the study area

Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. It was

observed that more than 80% of the households were having toilet facilities in their houses.

There was proper drainage line in the villages.

Drinking water Facilities: During the survey it was observed diverse sources of drinking

water supply in villages. Major source of drinking water in the study area were hand pumps,

tap water and dug wells and canal. During survey people from some villages in core zone

reported Water Quality are not good and shortage in summer season

Education facilities: Most of the villages had education facilities in the form of aanganwadi

and primary schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range of 3-5 km.

Colleges and other diploma courses were available at Savner and Nagpur city.





Transportation facility: For transportation purpose auto, jeep and private bus services were

available in the study area; however villagers reported that transportation facilities were not

frequently available. Private vehicles like bicycles & motor cycles were also used by villagers

for transportation purpose.

Road connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and the very few pucca roads were badly

in need of repair and maintenance. More than half the households reported that roads they

frequently used were semi pucca

Communication facilities: For communication purpose mainly mobile phones, news papers

& post offices were present in the villages

Medical facilities: There were healthcare facilities available in the study area. In some of the

villages primary health sub centres were available. Hospitals and other better health centres

were available in the range of 5-10 km at town/city place

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for domestic and agriculture purposes.

Solar Street lights were seen in some of the villages.

Gram Panchyat facility: Most of the villages were having gram panchayat building and

Community halls and building found well maintained. Some of the villages are having female

Sarpanch, it indicates that they are in good number and also taking interest in politics. But

they are unaware about their rights

Market facility: Study area was predominantly rural. In villages, small shops were available

for daily need things. Weekly market facility was available in some villages. Wholesale market

was available at Savner and Nagpur city

Recreation facilities: Television and radio are the main recreation facilities in the study area.

News paper/magazine facilities are also used by villagers.

3.7.8 Awareness and opinion of the respondents about the project

Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very important to take opinion of

the villagers about the project. The awareness will not only promote community participation but also

enable them to understand the importance of the project and encourage them to express there view.

To know the awareness and opinion of the villagers about the project, group discussion, meeting with

school teachers/village leaders were carried out in the study area.

Almost all respondents were aware about the Kawtha Manganese Project area but they were

unaware about the project activity.

Major problems in study area are drinking water and employment opportunities. Village leaders

suggested the development in needy areas which will improve village conditions.

While giving information about project of Kawtha respondents gave positive opinion and they strongly

believe that it will help to develop quality of life in the study area with employment opportunities.

3.7.9 Quality of life

Definition of Quality of life

Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic environment in a given

area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between “objective conditions” and “subjective

attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern

Quality of life index is based on a unique methodology that links the results of subjective life

satisfaction surveys to the objective determinants of quality of life across countries. The “objective

conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a physical, sociological event or

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjectivity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Objectivity_(science)





economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any number, which stands for a given

quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is independent of subjective opinion. Subjective attitude”

is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It is specifically concerned with „how

aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions vary.

Once objective measures are obtained for each factor, they are transformed to a normal scale varying

from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the lowest or least satisfaction.

Actuary measure and 1 corresponds to the highest satisfaction level. The weights are assigned to

each factor by ranked-pair wise technique (by the expert group) based on the secondary data and

general observations.

For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for each individual of

the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale (value function curve). In addition, it

is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the

highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned to each factor using ranked - pair wise comparison

techniques.

The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are:

1. Income

2. Employment and Working Conditions

3. Housing

4. Food

5. Clothing

6. Water Supply

7. Sanitation

8. Health

9. Energy & Fuel

10. Transportation

11. Communication

12. Education

13. Environment and Pollution

14. Recreation

15. Social Security

16. Human Rights

Subjective QoL calculations are as follows:

QoL(s) = 1/p QIij X Wi

i =1 j=1

Where,

QoL(s) = Subjective quality of life index

p = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p

m = No. of factors, i = 1... m

QIij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by jth respondent

Qiij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all respondents in an area

Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor

Objective QoL calculations are as follows:

i=n

QoL(o) = QIi X Wi

i=1





Where,

QoL (o) = Objective quality of life index

n = No. of QoL Factors

i = 1... n

QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith objective indicator

Wi = Normalized weight for its factor

The cumulative index of QoL calculations is as follows:

QoL(c) = QoL o + QoL s

2

Thus, the average QoL index values are estimated as:

QoL (s) = 0.56

QoL (o) = 0.57

QoL (c) = 0.57

The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to satisfactory

educational facilities, health facility and better road condition. Sanitation, employment and

transportation facilities were inadequate in the study area; improvement in these areas is needed for

increasing the quality of life.

3.7.10 Interpretation

Socioeconomic survey was carried out to know the infrastructural activities amenities available within

10 km radius from Project Site. The information regarding facilities available and the opinion of the

people was sought by floating questionnaires and interaction with the people. This is done for

observing the impact due to the project wrt social aspects so that proper actions / measures could be

taken up for the benefit of the people (economically and wrt quality of life) and the project. Being

export oriented project, the capital investments will add to national exchequer and revenue

generation.

CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES




Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4-1

CHAPTER 4.0: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

This chapter provides overview of the potential impacts on various environmental components due to

the proposed Kawatha Manganese mining project by manual opencast mining method.

The opencast mining operations involve development of benches, haul roads, blasting, excavation

and loading and unloading and transportation of materials. If adequate control measures are not

taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these operations may cause

environmental degradation and ultimately lead to irreversible damage to the ecosystem.

Various environmental impacts, which are identified due to the proposed mining project, are

discussed in the following sections:

4.1 Anticipated Impacts on Land Environment

4.1.1 Impact on topography, drainage pattern and land use

Mining lease of Kawatha Manganese Mine over 26.67 ha area in villages Kawatha, Saoner Tehsil,

Nagpur District. This is proposed mine and will be operated as a manual opencast method of mining

to produce to produce 2732 TPA graded Manganese Ore.

There is no forest land involved in the mine lease area. The Kawatha Manganese Mine lease area

comprised of an undulated area with maximum elevation of 390 m MSL and lowest elevation of 342

m MSL. Due to mining operations, mine pits and surface dumps will be developed within the mine

lease area. The existing topography of the mine lease area will be altered due to the proposed mining

operations. However, there will not be any changes in the topography of the area located outside the

mine lease area as all the mining activities will be conducted within mine lease area only.


except two small seasonal gullies developed due to rain water within mine lease area. Storm water

run-off/ drainage of the proposed area is simple in nature and during rainy season controlled by

seasonal gullies which are joining to Kawatha nallah which ultimately meets to the Kanhan River. As

the proposed mining activity method is manual, the existing drainage pattern of the mine lease area

will be unaltered. It is to be noted that above mentioned two seasonal gullies are adjacent to float Mn

ore (up to 0.8m) deposits which will be picked up manually & no blasting will be done to mine the float

ore.

The proposed land use plan of the mine lease area is given in Table 4.1.

TABLE 4.1:

PRESENT AND PROPOSED LAND USE OF THE MINE LEASE AREA

Sl.

No. Description Present Land Use Area in Ha

At The End Of Plan Period First

five years Area in Ha

1 Area under Pits 0.040( Mined by local people) 0.2544

2 Dumping of top soil Nil 0.0510

3 Area under reject Dumps Nil 0.3600

4 Storage of Mineralized rejects Nil 0.0400

5 Storage of Ore Nil 0.1000

6 Shed/Building Nil 0.0200

7 Road Nil 0.1600

8 Plantation Nil 0.2850

9 Area Undisturbed 26.63 25.3995

Total 26.67 26.67

(Source: Approved scheme of Mining, Conceptual Plan)





From the above table, it can be seen that at conceptual stage, 0.2544 Ha of the mine lease area will

be covered by mine pits and reject dumps will cover 0.3600 Ha area. About 25.3995 Ha area within

the mine lease area will remain undisturbed.





4.1.2 Impact on soil quality and agriculture

During the mining scheme period about 2035.2 Tonnes top soil will be generated. The top soil will be

separately stacked in a surface dump located within the mine lease area will be used for plantation on

the OB/Waste dumps. Up to the conceptual stage of mining, 1.2305 Ha area of the mine lease will be

used for different mining and allied activities. Thus, top soil cover from this area will be affected.

There is no agriculture land within the mine lease area but agricultural land observes along southwest

site of mine lease area. This is small mine and having targeted production is only 2732 TPA. Dust

control measures will be adopted.

4.1.3 Soil erosion

The proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine lease area comprises of undulated terrain and the elevation

of the mine lease area varies from 390 m MSL in the north to 342 m MSL in the south side. Surface

run-off during rainy days flows along the slopes and joins seasonal streams flowing outside the mine

lease area. This run-off may carry silt and loose soil from the area under mining and OB/waste dumps

and may cause siltation of the surface water bodies. Also, the run-off from slopes may erode the soil

cover in the mine lease area if adequate control measures are not adopted.

4.1.4 Measures to prevent soil erosion from core and buffer zones

Soil erosion from the core zone may take place from broken up area, from surface dumps and from

slopes of the undulated terrain. To control soil erosion, following measures will be taken up in the

mine lease area:

Construction of garland drains around the mine pit to divert surface run-off away from the mining

area.

Construction of retention walls and garland drains around toe of the surface dumps to arrest silt

wash off and boulder roll down.

Garland drains will be connected to a series of settling tanks for settling of silt.

Construction of check dams, gully plugs, contour trenches at strategic location at the hillock

slopes to reduce flow of run-off water and control soil erosion.

Development of thick plantation using leguminous plants and grasses on inactive surface dumps,

on the slopes to act as soil binders and control soil erosion.

4.1.5 Subsidence

Mining is being carried out by Manual opencast method of Mining. Hence, subsidence is not

envisaged due to proposed Kawatha Manganese ore mine.

4.1.6 Impact of hazardous wastes and liquids

There is no mineral processing involved in Kawatha Manganese Mine. Explosives will be used for





blasting and will be completely consumed without generating any hazardous waste. Spent Oil and

grease generated from mine machinery will be separately collected and stored in leakage proof

containers and will be sold to the authorized recycling vendors. No other hazardous wastes will be

generated in the Kawatha Manganese Mine.

4.1.7 Visual Impact on surrounding environment

Opencast mining activities require clearance of existing vegetation, formation of mine pits and surface

dumps, ancillary structures, etc within the mine lease area. This will cause changes in the existing

topography. Also the aesthetic view of the mine lease area will be affected due to creation of mine

pits and dumps, if adequate restoration and rehabilitation measures are not adopted.

4.1.7.1 Plan for restoration/rehabilitation of mined-out area

The mining is likely to be continued up to a depth of mineralization. In case, the depth persistence is

not proved by proposed exploration drilling and the grade is not suitable, the excavation will be

matured for backfilling reclamation. The volume of waste generated shall be dumped at non-

mineralized designated area and will be used for back filling. It will fill up the central part of pit which

will be surrounded by created water body. The water reservoir will be used for villagers for irrigation

/drinking water.

During mining, thick plantation will be carried out along the safety barrier left along mine lease

boundary. This will help in controlling dust and attenuate noise, because stabilization of the loose soil,

control soil erosion and will also improve aesthetic view of the mining area.

The water reservoir developed in the mine pit during conceptual stage will help in recharging ground

water table in the area and will also be useful for the nearby farmers for irrigation purpose.

The waste material generated will be proposed to be dumped in non-mineralized area near the

working pits and height of the dumps shall be maintained about 6 meters in the terracing pattern with

spread out to the desired width to form the stable structures so that the erosion of dumps due to rains

and storms shall be minimum.

4.1.7.2 Plantation/ afforestation of local varieties of plants

Plantation program

It is proposed to plant 570 saplings in 0.2850 Ha area in green belt during the mining scheme period.

During further mining and conceptual plan period, plantation will be carried out on green belt. At

conceptual stage of 5 year plan, total plantation area will cover 0.2850 Ha of the mine lease area.

Apart from this, plantation will also be carried out on benches of mined out pits and partially backfilled

area. Mostly local flora species will be used for plantation in the mine.

The mineral waste will be dumped on one side of the area earmarked for ore staking yard in the non-

mineralized area.

The dumping will be done manually by transporting the mineral waste material from the sorting area

through baskets as head loads through the laborers to the dumping site. The height of these dumps

shall be maintained not more than 3 meters.

The waste material generated will be proposed to be dumped in non-mineralized area near the

working pits and height of the dumps shall be maintained about 6 meters in the terracing pattern with

spread out to the desired width to form the stable structures so that the erosion of dumps due to rains

and storms shall be minimum.

Plantation will be done on these terrace and slopes to stabilize these dumps. Moreover, garland





drain will be constructed along the boundary of these waste dumps. This will help in minimizing

environment pollution and with due course of time these dumps shall develop a blanket of grass.

During the mining operations, plantation will be developed around the mine lease area as green belt.

Also plantation will be carried out in other areas of proposed ML area. This will form a screen to cover

the mine pits and OB/waste dumps. Also, the plantation will help in attenuating noise generated due

to the mining and mineral transport activities.

4.1.7.3 Measures to control and conserve runoff from various locations.

The surface run-off potential within the mine lease area is calculated and is presented in the Table

4.2.

TABLE 4.2:

SURFACE RUN-OFF POTENTIAL IN THE MINE LEASE AREA

Description Area in

Sqm Annual rainfall (m)

Coefficient of

run-off

Annual run-off

potential, m3

Area under pits (Conceptual

stage) 2544 1.091 - 2775.5

Office/builtup area 200 1.091 0.85 185.47

Other open area 7050 1.091 0.25 1922.88

Green belt area 2850 1.091 0.15 466.40

Undisturbed area 254000 1.091 0.25 69278.5

Total 266700

0.6 74628.75

From the above table, it can be seen that about 74628.75 m3/annum storm water will be generated

from the mine lease area. Out of this, storm water from the mine pits will be accumulated in the mine

sump and will be used for dust suppression and plantation in the mine lease area and on approach

roads. This will also help in recharge of the ground water table. Storm water run-off from the other

area will be collected in a settling tank through a network of garland drains. Excess water from the

settling tank, will be supplied to the nearby agriculture users, after ensuring proper settling. Storm

water run-off from the undisturbed area will be allowed to flow outside the mine lease area. However,

silt control measures will be adopted to avoid siltation of the seasonal streams outside the mine lease

area.

4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Impact of mineral transportation within and outside the lease.

The proposed manganese mine is having on an average 3M OB and will be removed while

reclamation. The top soil and OB generated during mining will be transported to the top soil stack and

OB dumps located within the mine lease area. The soil and OB will be transported through the haul

roads. The haul roads will be properly developed and will be maintained periodically. Regular water

sprinkling will be carried out on the haul roads to control dust emissions.

The NH-26B / SH 19 near to Mine Lease area are well connected by Kawatha-Kelwad village road.

The Mine lease area and nearest Kawatha-Kelwad village road are connected by Kaccha road.

Haulage road will be developed from mine lease area to Kawatha-Kelwad village road thereby it is

connected to NH-26B / SH 19. There is no habitation in or adjacent to the haulage road connecting

mine lease area to the highway. The existing roads are sufficient cater the mineral transport traffic of

5-10 trips/day and there is no need for construction of new transport roads.

The grade the Mn ore of this mine is suitable for use in making ferro alloys, silico manganese and





other manganese industries. There are several industries such as Universal Ferro Alloys, Tumsar;

M/s. Khandelwal Ferro alloys, Kanhan; Bhilai Steel Plant, Bhilai and ferro alloys plants in Nagpur and

other Chhattisgarh state are located around the areas, these consumer industries have always in

demand for manganese ore. Thus, the sized and sorted (graded) Manganese ore will be transported

by 15 ton capacity trucks/Tippers to the buyers location. Mn Ore will be transported through

trucks/Tippers covered with tarpaulin to avoid dust emissions. NH-26B / SH 19 is located at about

~3.65 km,W of the mine lease area. Entire mineral transport will be carried out through NH-26B / SH

19 and further by connecting roads. About 5-10 trips/day of 15 ton capacity trucks will be required for

transport of Mn ore from mine to the buyers location. There will not be any significant impact on the

traffic density on NH-26B / SH 19 due to the Mn ore transport. NH-26B / SH 19 passes at 3.65 km

from the mine lease area.

4.2.1 Anticipated Impacts

4.2.1.1 Emission Inventory of SPM, RSPM, SO2, NOX, and site specific pollutants.

Due to the proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore mining, the major emissions involved include dust

emissions. Some amount of SO2, NOx and CO will be generated due to plying of mine machinery like

compressors, Jack Hammer, etc and transportation vehicles. However, considering the small quantity

of mining operation and thereby production, the gaseous emissions will be insignificant and will be

diluted and dispersed in the immediate vicinity. The built up of gaseous pollutant in the atmosphere is

not envisaged.

Dust generation is major impact on the ambient air quality of the area. The dust will be dispersed in

the nearby areas. Of the dust generated due to mining operations, particulate matter less than 10

micron size are of more significance due to their possibility of entering in the human body through

respiration. The incremental concentration of PM10 in the nearby areas is estimated using computer

modeling using ISCST-3 model and is presented in following paragraphs.

No other pollutant emissions are envisaged due to the Proposed Kawatha Manganese ore mining

operations.

4.2.1.2 Prediction of fugitive dust emissions.

Dust will be generated during various mining operations like drilling, blasting, loading, unloading,

transport, etc. The emissions of dust from various mining and allied activities are estimated and are

discussed in following paragraphs.

4.2.1.3 Impact of fugitive dust emission on flora and fauna.

Impact on terrestrial Flora

Based on past experience, dust deposition on leaf lamina will takes place on nearby plants and

agriculture crops along the transport road which may results in decline the rate of photosynthesis and

retards the plant growth and cause crop damage. However, the magnitude of operation involve will be

limited as it is manual opencast mine having production capacity around 2732 TPA. Thus,

insignificant impact on terrestrial flora envisaged. Control measures like water sprinkling within ML

area will be adopted.

4.2.1.4 Model used for Prediction of Impact on Ambient Air Quality: ISCST3 Dispersion Model

The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Short Term model provides options to model emissions from a

wide range of sources that might be present at a typical industrial source complex. ISCST3 is US-

EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses urban dispersion and regulatory

defaults options as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). Emission sources





are categorized into four basic types of sources, i.e., point sources, volume sources, area sources,

and open pit sources. The volume source option and the area source option may also be used to

simulate line sources. The model assumes receptors on flat terrain. The ISC short term area source

model is based on a numerical integration over the area in the upwind and cross wind directions of

Gaussian plume formula.

Drilling

Emissions from drilling are a relatively minor component of the overall emission from an open-cast

mine. E = 0.1 kg / hole in coal AP42 (1998) T 11.9-4.

E = 0.0208[(100− M). s.u.] 0.1(d.f)0.3 g/s M.(s-100) CMRI 2003 p63 Where s = silt content of cuttings, % M = moisture content in % u = mean wind speed, m/s d = hole diameter, mm f = number of holes / day N.B. based on studies in two limestone and three iron ore mines

Loading / Unloading of Material

((

)

(

) ) --- AP42 (Nov 2006)

Where,

E = Emission Factor, kg/ton

k = Particle size multiplier, 0.35 for PM10

M = Moisture Content, %

u = Mean wind speed, m/s

Transportation

Unpaved in coal mines

E = 2.82 (s/12)0.8 (W/3)0.5 (M/0.2)-0.4 kg/VKT AP 42 (1998) S13.2.2, EET p12

Where s = silt content, %

W = vehicle gross weight, t

M = moisture content in %

VKT = Vehicle kilometers traveled

Blasting

E = 0.00022 x A1.5 kg / blast, AP 42 (1998), EET p38 Where A = area blasted in m2

N.B. The factor is suitable for both O.B. and coal benches





Summary of calculated Emission Rates

TABLE 4.3:

EMISSIONS RATES A. FOR MANGANESE ORE Sr. No. Activity Emission Rate (g/s/m

2)

1 Blasting (Mn ore) 0.0080

2 Loading/Unloading 1.46576E-05

3 Drilling 0.013

4 Transportation 1.19966E-05

B. FOR OVERBURDEN

Sr.No. Activity Emission Rate (g/s/m2)

1 Blasting (OB) 0.0086

2 Loading/Unloading 1.41341E-05

3 Drilling 0.012

4 Transportation 1.19966E-05

Note: 70% controlled (transportation)

Meteorological Data

The meteorology of the project area plays very important role in dispersion of pollutants and buildup

of pollution within the atmosphere. In the present study, Post Monsoon (Oct, Nov, Dec)

Meteorological data has been taken to find the dispersion of pollutant concentration. The mixing

height, which is an important parameter to express the dispersive potential of atmosphere, has been

taken from the atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India (S.D.

Attri et al., 2008). Predominant wind direction for post monsoon season (2017) is East, North and

East North East. Wind rose diagram of Post monsoon season is used for modeling is shown given

below in Figure 4.1.

FIGURE 4.1: WINDROSE DIAGRAM FOR POST MONSOON SEASON 2017

Incremental Rise in Concentrations

Incremental rise in concentrations due to various mining activities in the present case, a model

simulation was carried out for study period for incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC).

The maximum incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC) for ROM and OB particulate

matter generated from the different activities in the mining areas is carried out. The predicted 24





hourly maximum concentrations for ROM mining activity like drilling, loading/unloading, &

transportation and blasting, was found to be 3.6 μg/m3, 0.145 μg/m3, in the WSW & SW and SW

directions respectively and depicted in Table 4.4. The predicted 24 hourly maximum concentrations

for OB mining activity like drilling, loading/unloading, & transportation and blasting, was found to be

4.2 μg/m3, 0.25 μg/m3, in the WSW & SW and SW directions respectively and depicted in Table 4.4.

The isopleths representing the GLCs of Particulate Matte are shown in Figures 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 & 4.5.

TABLE 4.4

MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER

Sr. No.

Activity in the Quarry Maximum Incremental

GLCs (g/m3) at core area

Direction Distance (km)

1. Overall Activities Mn ore: (Drilling, Loading/unloading and Haul road transportation)

3.6 WSW & SW

1.4

2. Mn ore: Blasting 0.145 SW

3. Overall Activities Overburden: (Drilling, Loading/unloading and Haul road transportation)

4.2 WSW & SW

4. Overburden: Blasting 0.25 SW

FIGURE 4.2: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR OVERALL ACTIVITIES (ROM)





FIGURE 4.3: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR BLASTING (ROM)

FIGURE 4.4: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR OVERALL ACTIVITIES (OB)





FIGURE 4.5: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR BLASTING (OB)

Cumulative Concentration Levels

The cumulative concentration levels of Particulate Matter are presented in Table 4.5. The cumulative

concentration levels (Ambient + predicted incremental rise) reveals that the concentration level for

ROM particulate matter occurring in the WSW and SW directions with a concentration levels

(cumulative) of 88.2 μg/m3 (overall activity), 84.74μg/m3 (blasting) and for OB particulate matter

occurring in the WSW and SW directions with a concentration levels (cumulative) of 88.8 μg/m3

(overall activity), 84.85 g/m3 (blasting), which is found to be below the ambient air quality standards.

Hence it is inferred that considering cumulative concentration levels, the pollution load exerted due to

mining activity will be insignificant.

TABLE 4.5

CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATION LEVELS PARTICULATE MATTER

(AMBIENT + MINING ACTIVITY)

Sr. No.

Activity in the mine

Maximum Baseline Concentration GLCs

(g/m3) at core area

Incremental

GLCs (g/m3)

Resultant Concentration

(g/m3)

Limit (Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area)

(g/m3)

1. Overall Activities Mn ore:

84.6

3.6 88.2

100 2. Mn ore: Blasting 0.14 84.74

3. Overall Activities Overburden:

4.2 88.8

4. Overburden: Blasting

0.25 84.85





Conclusion

From the results of ISCST3 model, it is concluded that the cumulative worst case concentration of

PM10 due to mining activities are complying with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS

2009). The concentrations of SO2 and NO2 generated from mining area expected to be low due to

absence of any major source. It should be noted that the predicted concentrations are due to mining

area due to simultaneous operations of mines. The overall impact on air quality due to proposed

mining project is expected to be low. However, to further minimize the pollutant concentration

especially particulate matter, the following control measure should be adopted by the project

proponent

Controlled and Wet drilling and blasting

Water spray on haul roads to avoid dust generation during transportation.

Water spray at truck loading and un-loading of materials

Covering of material when transport through trucks/dumper

4.2.2 Mitigation Measures

4.2.2.1 Measures to reduce the emissions of pollutants during mining, loading, unloading,

transportation, drilling, blasting etc. to maintain the air quality

To minimize and control dust generation during various mining activities, the following air pollution

control measures will be adopted in the mine:

Development of thick green belt in 7.5 m safety barrier along the mine lease boundary.

Removal of vegetation from virgin area, only when immediately required for mining.

Adoption of wet drilling/ drills with dust arrestors to control dust generation during drilling.

Water sprinkling on mine benches during loading of OB & mineral

Blasting to be avoided during high winds and overcast conditions.

Controlled blasting using delay detonators will be adopted.

Avoiding secondary blasting by use of rock breakers.

Periodic maintenance of tippers/dumpers and mine machinery.

Periodic maintenance of haul roads

Regular water sprinkling on haul roads and mineral transport roads.

Plantation on inactive dump slopes and stabilization of completed dumps by thick plantation.

Provision of fixed water sprinkling arrangement at crusher

Transport of Graded Mn ore to the buyers location through trucks covered with tarpaulin.

Provision of dust masks to all the workers exposed to dusty mining operations

Periodic monitoring of ambient air quality in the mine lease area and in nearby villages to assess

the efficacy of air pollution control measures.

4.2.2.2 Adoption scientific mining methods to reduce dust emission from point and line source

Scientific methods of mining and pollution control systems will be adopted in the mine to control dust

emissions from point and line sources, as follows:





Point Source: These includes drilling, blasting, loading, unloading, manual sizing and grading

activities

Adoption of wet drilling/ drills with dust arrestors to control dust generation during drilling.

Blasting to be avoided during high winds and overcast conditions.

Controlled blasting using delay detonators will be adopted.

Avoiding secondary blasting by use of rock breakers.

Water sprinkling on blasted material before loading.

Reducing dropping height of excavator bucket while loading material into dumpers/tippers.

Reducing dropping height for trucks during unloading.

Provision of fixed water sprinkling arrangement at crusher.

Line Source: These includes Haul roads & approach roads

Development of plantation along approach road.

Periodic maintenance of tippers/dumpers used for OB & Mineral transport.


Blacktopping/ paving of approach road connecting the mine lease area to NH-26B / SH 19

Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.

Transport of Graded Mn ore to the buyers location through trucks covered with tarpaulin.

4.2.2.3 Planned green belt development

It is proposed to develop thick green belt in the 7.5 m wide safety barrier zone around the mine lease

area. Total area under green belt will be 0.2850 Ha. Thick plantation will be developed using local

flora species in this zone.

4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT


4.3.1.1 Impact on groundwater regime/streams / lake / springs due to mining

In the mining lease area there is no stream or nallah or any other kind of water bodies are in

existence only gullies are formed due to surface run-off during monsoon period and it will be kept

intact during course of mining activities. Kanhan River is about 2.66 km at NE side of study area

forms the major drainage of the study area. Khekara Nala is also one of major water which is located

at 6.54 km in NE side of proposed ML area. Apart from these, there are numerous other first order

and second order seasonal streams in the study area that carries the surface run-off during monsoon

and joins Kanhan River at various places of the river stretch.

Mining lease is at slope part of undulated terrain (highest surface elevation being 390.0 m MSL) with

minimum surface level of 342 m MSL. Surface run-off from the mine lease area flows along the

slopes and joins the seasonal streams flowing outside the mine lease area. As calculated, about

201183.56 cu.m. storm water run-off will take place from the mine per annum. This run-off may carry

soil and silt from the broken up area in the mine to the seasonal gullies in the mine lease area which

will be arrested by check dam & will restrict the soil and silt from entering the water bodies. Also, the

development of mine pits for excavation of Manganese ore and formation of overburden dumps will

alter the existing topography of the mine lease area. However, since there is no perennial water

stream in the mine lease area and method of mining is manual, no significant impact will take place

on the drainage pattern within the mine lease area. The mining activities will be restricted within the

mine lease area and there will not be any impact on the drainage pattern outside the mine lease area.

Depth to water level in pre & post monsoon ranges in study area falling in Saoner tehsil are 4-5 mbgl & 2-3





mbgl respectively. Whereas, in study area falling in Sausar tehsil of Chhindwara District depth to water

level in pre & post monsoon are 5-10 mbgl & 4-8 mbgl respectively below the normal surface level (320m

MSL). Near the Mine Lease area water levels in pre & post monsoon are found to be 8 to 7.5 & 7 to 6.2

mbgl respectively. The Rain water accumulated in the mine pit will have to be pumped out for conducting

mining operations. As the ultimate depth of mining is 4m from the surface, the groundwater table level will

not be intersected & hence there will not be any quantitative or qualitative effect on the groundwater in the

study area due to proposed mining activity.

4.3.1.2 Impact of water drawal on surface and groundwater resources

The pit water during rainy season will be collected in the mine sump and will be utilized for dust

suppression and plantation in the mine lease area. The excess water will be pumped to the settling

tank located on surface. This water after proper settling will be supplied to the nearby farmers for

irrigation purposes. Since, proposed production of Manganese is very small in quantity, not much

area will be required to achieve daily production target of about 11 TPD. Thus, there will not be any

significant pumping of water required.

Groundwater table will not be intersected by proposed mining activity hence there will not be any

impact on groundwater level in the study area. Due to undulating topography and location of mine

lease area close to the Kanhan River, which continuously recharges the ground water table in the

area, there will not be any significant impact on the ground water table of the area. Hence, no impact

is envisaged on the surface water resources due to mining in the proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore

Mine.

4.3.1.3 Impact on surface and groundwater quality due to discharges from mining, if any.

There is no process effluent generation in the Kawatha Manganese Ore Mine. There will be no

workshop as well as mineral beneficiation activities within the mine lease area. Hence, there is no

tailings, process or workshop effluent generation in the mine lease. Domestic effluent is generated

from mines office, which is discharged in septic tank followed by soak pit. Hence, there is no impact

envisaged due to the effluent generation on surface or ground water quality in the area.

Storm water during rains, flows along the slopes of the undulated terrain within the mine lease area

and joins seasonal streams flowing outside the mine lease area. Storm water from broken up areas

like haulage roads, OB/waste dumps, etc may carry silt to the seasonal streams if adequate control

measures are not adopted.

There is no toxic material in the soil and overburden material. Manganese ore occurs in the natural

form and there is no mineral beneficiation carried out within the mine lease area except sizing and

sorting, loading and hauling and some miscellaneous work. All these operations will be carried out by

manual means. Thus, no toxic leachate is anticipated from the mineral stacks as well as OB/waste

dumps in the mine lease area. However, ground water quality in the mine lease area as well as in

nearby villages will have to be regularly monitored for checking the signs of leaching of Manganese

from Mn Ore stacks and OB dumps, if any.


4.3.2.1 Measures to minimize contamination of surface and groundwater

Following measures will be adopted in the Kawatha Manganese Ore Mine to minimize contamination

of surface and ground water resources of the area:

Construction of check dams, gully plugs, contours trenches at strategic location at the undulated

slopes to reduce flow of run-off water and control soil erosion.





Efforts will be taken to divert surface run-off from virgin area away from the broken up area.

Construction of garland drains around the mine pit to divert surface run-off away from the mining

area.

Construction of retention walls and garland drains around toe of the surface dumps to arrest silt

wash off and boulder roll down.

Garland drains will be connected to a series of settling tanks for settling of silt.

Development of thick plantation using leguminous plants and grasses on inactive surface dumps,

on the slopes of the hillock and on safety barrier zone left along the mine lease boundary to act as

soil binders and control soil erosion.

Collection of rain water in mine sumps and use of accumulated water in dust suppression and

plantation in the mine lease area. Excess water will be pumped to the settling tanks located at

surface and will be supplied to the nearby farmers after ensuring proper settling.

Domestic effluent from mine office will be discharged in septic tank and soak pit system.

4.3.2.2 Construction of gully checks, check dams, sedimentation ponds, settling tanks, water

weirs, retaining walls etc. with design and site features for control of run-off

Check dams & Gully plugs:

Mining lease is at slope part of undulated terrain (highest surface elevation being 390 m MSL) with

normal surface level of 320m MSL. Surface run-off from the mine lease area flows along the slopes

and joins the seasonal streams flowing outside the mine lease area. Check dams and gully plugs will

be constructed at strategic locations along the hill slope to arrest silt wash-off during rainy season.

The schematic diagrams showing check dams and gully plugs are given in Figure 4.6(A).

FIGURE 4.6 (A): SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF CHECK DAMS





FIGURE 4.6 (B): SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF GULLY PLUG

Retention walls & Storm water/garland drains:

Retention walls will be constructed around the overburden dumps using waste rocks generated

during mining, to arrest rolled down boulders and loose material carried by the storm water run-off.

Garland drains/ storm water drains will be constructed around the toe of the dumps to collect the

storm water run-off from the dumps. Intermediate baffles will be constructed in the garland drains to

arrest silt. The drains will be connected to a series of settling tanks for arresting silt carried out along

with the run-off water. The water after ensuring proper settling, will be supplied to nearby farmers for

irrigation purpose.

Also, garland drains will be constructed around the mine pits to divert storm water run-off from the un-

mined area away from the mine pits. These drains will also be connected to a settling tank and the

water after ensuring proper settling, will be supplied to nearby farmers or it can be harvested by

making pits inside the lease area.

Settling Tank (Sedimentation tank)




farmers. The details of available rain water are provided in Table 4.2 & location & capacity of settling

tank are enclosed as Annexure XII.

4.3.2.3 Mine water treatment for meeting the prescribed standard

Rainwater accumulated in mine pit will have to be pumped to the surface. This water may contain silt.

There is no other pollutant envisaged in the mine water. However, the water will be pumped to the

settling tank for proper settling and will be supplied to the nearby farmers for irrigation only after

ensuring proper settling or it can be harvested by making pits inside the lease area. The mine pit

water will be analyzed periodically for physico-chemical characteristics as per IS: 10500.

4.3.2.4 Slope stabilization by constructing retaining walls, vegetation etc.


proposed manganese mine is having on an average 3 Mtr. OB and will be removed while

reclamation. A total of 6,074 cum. of soil and waste material (Soil: 1272 m3 and Waste: 4802 m3) will

be generated during the plan period. The dumps will be suitably stabilized by means of proper





terracing in the retreating fashion and after attaining the proposed height, plantation would be carried

out. The angle of repose of these dumps will not be more than 450. Garland drain and retaining wall

will be constructed during the plan period. Slope stability investigations would be carried out in the



un-sealable ore. The generation of waste material will be about 80% of total excavation which will be

dumped in the non-mineralized part near the working pits. The surrounding area is agricultural land

the mining pit would be developed as a reservoir before final closure of mine. During exploitation of

Mn ore only physical mineral rejects/fines would be generated to the tune of about 20% of total ROM,

which can be considered as a waste material.

4.3.2.5 Steps to minimize impact on water table if mining intercepts groundwater regime.

Rain water during monsoon season will be collected in the mine sump and will be used for dust

suppression and plantation in the mine lease area. Excess water in the mine sump will be pumped to

the settling tanks located at surface, when the area is required for conducting mining operations. The

water will be allowed to properly settle in the settling tanks and excess water, if any, will be supplied

to nearby farmers for irrigation, only after ensuring proper settling. Near the Mine Lease area water

levels in pre & post monsoon are found to be 8 to 7.5 & 7 to 6.2 mbgl respectively. Since, the ultimate

depth of mining will 4m below ground level and hence no ground water intercepts envisaged. Various

run-off water management and conservation measures like garland drains, check dams, gully plugs,

retention walls, etc will be constructed in the mine lease area. This will increase the retention time of

the water and will help in storm water percolating to ground. This will help in recharging the ground

water table in the area.

Suitable rooftop rainwater harvesting structures will be constructed in the public buildings in nearby

villages in consultation with the concerned Gram Panchayats under CER activities. This will also help

in improving the ground water recharge in the area and minimize the impact on the ground water

table due to mining operations.

4.3.2.6 Domestic effluent treatment

Wastewater only in the form of domestic effluent from mine office and rest shelter will be generated.

This effluent will be discharged in septic tank followed by soak pit system.

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


4.4.1.1 Prediction of noise level by using mathematical modeling

This is proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore mine having proposed production will be only 2732 TPA.

However, there will be increase in the mining activities, which may result in the increase in ambient

noise levels. Exposure to noise levels, above threshold limit value may have detrimental effect on the

workers’ health. The adverse effects of high noise levels on exposed workers may result in:

Annoyance;

Fatigue;

Temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing;

Permanent loss of hearing; and

Hypertension and high blood cholesterol, etc.

Following sources of noise are identified in the proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore Mine:

Mining machinery like Jack Hammer and Compressor, etc.





Transport machinery like dumpers, tippers, etc.

Stationary equipments like DG Sets, pumps, etc.

Noise will be mainly generated during various mining operations like drilling, blasting, loading and

transport activities. The expected noise levels of individual sources in the proposed Kawatha Mn

Mine are given in Table 4.6.

TABLE 4.6:

EXPECTED NOISE LEVELS

S.N. Source Source Type Noise, Max dB(A)

1 Generators

Point

85.0

2 Jack Hammer 90.0

3 Compressor 90.0

4 Driller 90.0

5 Dumper 90.0

4.4.2 Mathematical Noise Model

A singular consolidated noise source at project site was first calculated using the equation 1 below.

During day time, a singular consolidated noise source having Leq equal to 96.3 dB (A) is used for

calculating noise levels over various distances using equation 2.

Ln = 10 log10 (10

L1/10+10

L2/10+10

L3/10+…………….+10

Ln/10) …(1)

L2 = L1 – 20 log10 (R2/R1) …(2)

Where Ln dB (A) = Resultant noise level of combination of sources

L1 dB (A) = Noise level at a distance R1 (m)

L2 dB (A) = Noise level at a distance R2 (m)

4.4.3 Predicted Noise Levels with Distance

The results of mathematical calculation of predicted noise levels are presented in Table 4.7, below.

Resultant noise levels were calculated at various distances from project site and noise contours were

plotted for day and night time.

Table 4.7 - Predicted Noise Levels with Distance

Distance(m) Source Noise Level (dBA) Calculated Noise Levels at

Receptor (dBA)

100 96.3 57.1

200 96.3 51.1

300 96.3 47.6

400 96.3 45.1

500 96.3 43.1

600 96.3 41.6

700 96.3 40.2

800 96.3 39.1

900 96.3 38.0

1000 96.3 37.1

The maximum predicted noise level within the mine boundary (0.3 km radius) is 47.6-57.1 dB (A). Noise level at a distance of 0.5 km radius of the mine is predicted to be less than 45 dB (A) which is well within the standards.





4.4.4 Impacts on Community Day and night sound pressure levels are often used to describe the community exposure. The

nearest human settlement (Dudhala Khurd) is 1.4 km away from project site and resultant noise level

at this village is 45.6 dB(A) and 38.0 dB(A) at day night respectively. Another nearest human

settlement (Kawtha) is 2.2 km away from project site and resultant noise level at this village is 48.3

dB(A) and 38.3 dB(A) at day night respectively. The results of mathematical prediction of noise levels

at ambient noise monitoring locations w.r.t. to nearest noise monitoring station are presented in Table

4.8

Table 4.8 - Predicted Noise Levels at Noise Monitoring Locations

Sl.

No

Lo

ca

tio

n

Dis

tan

ce

(m)

So

urc

e N

ois

e

Le

ve

l (d

BA

)

Da

y T

ime

Ca

lcu

late

d N

ois

e

Le

ve

ls a

t

Re

ce

pto

r (d

BA

)

Ba

se

lin

e

L(D

ay

) (d

BA

)

Ba

se

lin

e

L(N

igh

t) (

dB

A)

Re

su

lta

nt

No

ise

Le

ve

l (d

BA

)

Da

y T

ime

Re

su

lta

nt

No

ise

Le

ve

l (d

BA

)

Nig

ht

Tim

e

N1 Dudhala Khurd

1400 96.3 34.2 45.3 35.6 45.6 38.0

N2 Kawatha 2200 96.3 30.3 48.2 37.5 48.3 38.3

N3 Saonga 3400 96.3 26.5 61.8 50.2 61.8 50.2

N4 Malegaon 4000 96.3 25.1 52.1 42.1 52.1 42.2

N5 Kharduka 4100 96.3 24.9 51.3 40.6 51.3 40.7

N6 Kelod 4600 96.3 23.9 63.5 51.3 63.5 51.3

N7 Satnui 5700 96.3 22.0 54.2 41.5 54.2 41.5

N8 Birgaon 7700 96.3 19.4 53.2 41.6 53.2 41.6

From the above table, it can be seen that the ambient noise levels (day time and night time) at all the

locations will remain within permissible limits. Noise mitigation measures will be adopted at project

site to attenuate noise levels to safe limits.

It can be further concluded that in actual conditions due to presence of various topographical features

in the path of sound propagation the noise levels will be further attenuated.

4.4.5 Impacts due to Ground Vibration and Fly Rocks

The major source of ground vibration from this mine is blasting. The major impact of the ground

vibrations is observed on the domestic houses located in the villages surrounding the mine lease

area. The kuchha houses are more prone to cracks and damage due to the vibrations. Apart from

this, the ground vibrations may develop a fear factor in the nearby settlements.

Another impact due to blasting activities is fly rocks. These may fall on the houses or agriculture fields

nearby the mining lease area and may cause injury to persons or damage to the structures. Nearest

major habitation from the mine lease area is located in Dudhala Khurd village at 1.4 km. The ground

vibrations at Dudhala Khurd due to the blasting are calculated using the empirical equation:

The empirical equation used for assessment of peak particle velocity (PPV) is: V= 417.8 {D/(Q)0.5}-1.265

Where V= Peak particle velocity in mm/s D= Distance between location of blast and gauge point in m Q=Quantity of explosive per blasting in kg.





TABLE 4.9 ESTIMATED PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY FOR DIFFERENT EXPLOSIVE CHARGES

Nearest Habitation distance, m Quantity of Explosive/Blast, Kg PPV, mm/s

1400 0.3 0.020

1400 0.4 0.024

1400 0.5 0.028

Note: The empirical formula does not take into account the delay factor in blasting due to use of Delay Detonators.

The standards for safe limit of PPV are established by Directorate General of Mines Safety for safe

level criteria through Circular No. 7 dated 29/8/1997. Permissible standards of Ground vibration due

to blasting as per guidelines of Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), Dhanbad are given in

Table 4.10.

TABLE 4.10 PERMISSIBLE PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY (mm/s)

Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency

<8 Hz 8 – 25 Hz >25 Hz

A] Buildings/structures not belonging to the owner

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 5 10 15

Industrial Buildings (RCC and framed structures 10 20 25

Objects of historical importance and sensitive structures

2 5 10

B] Buildings belonging to owner with limited span of life

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 10 15 25

Industrial buildings (RCC& framed structures) 15 25 50

From the above Table, it reveals that there will be insignificant impacts of drilling and blasting in the surroundings area.

4.4.6 Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment

Noise Control Measures

1. Standard specified mining equipment will be used. The equipment will be in good working

conditions, properly lubricated and maintained to keep noise within permissible limits.

2. Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise.

3. Controlled blasting with proper spacing and optimum charge/delay will be maintained.

4. Tall trees with heavy foliage shall be planted along the boundary of mining lease area which will

act as a natural barrier to propagating noise.

5. DG set with acoustic enclose will be used.

6. Use of loud speakers shall comply with the regulations set forth by CPCB.

7. Regular noise monitoring will be carried at project site to check compliance with prevailing

rules.

8. Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) like ear plugs/ear muffs will be provided.

Measures to Control Ground Vibration and Fly Rocks

The blasting operations in the mine will be carried out by deep hole drilling and blasting using delay

detonators, which reduce the ground vibrations. The measures that are generally followed and

currently proposed for abatement of ground vibration and fly rocks are detailed below:





1. Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and appropriate delay system are

being adopted to avoid overcharging and for safe blasting.

2. Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks.

3. Adequate safe distance from blasting is being maintained.

4. The charge per delay is minimized and preferably more number of delays is used per blasts.

5. During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity are temporarily stopped.

6. Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing is properly designed to give

proper blast.

7. Blasting will be conducted during noon hours i.e. 12.00 PM to 2.00 PM.

8. Temporary stoppage of all other activities in the mine during blasting,

9. Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of

explosives used per blast.

10. Minimizing charge per delay and preferably more number of delays will be used per blasts;

11. Periodic monitoring of ground vibrations in the nearby village to assess the efficacy of control

measures.

4.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 Anticipated Impact on Flora and Fauna

Impact on terrestrial biodiversity

The proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore mine consists of 26.67 Ha mine lease area having revenue

land. There is no forest land involved in the project. During end of plan period about 1.2704 area will

be covered under mining pits, dumping of waste, road, plantation and other ancillary operations

relating to mining including the area broken by pits in the past. Thus, there will be 25.40 Ha. area will

remain undisturbed. There is poor vegetation growth in the area except some big trees of Moha,

Palas and Neem are grown in the area. Apart from these trees shrubs observed like Sitafal, Ber and

Bharati also grown. Those need to clear during proposed mining operation. There are no rare,

endemic or endangered flora species observed in the mine lease area.

During mining, only existing vegetation from virgin area will have to be removed from area proposed

for mining and OB dumps. There will be marginal impact envisaged on the vegetation within the mine

lease area. Moreover, mining activities will be restricted within the mine lease area only.

Impact on Wildlife

There are some forests within the 10 km radius study area. The proposed mine lease area is near

to forest area. No major wildlife observed within mine lease area during the survey period.

However, North-East part of buffer area is known for diverse wild fauna. Considering size of mine

and management practice by scientific method of mining with proper Environmental Management

Plan including pollution control measures especially for air and noise, which will not cause any

adverse impact on the surrounding animals.

Fencing around the entire mine lease area is recommended in order to restrict the entry of stray

animals into the mining area.

Green belt development will be carried out which will help in arresting dust and minimizing sound

level arising from the mining operation.





4.5.1.2 Impact on aquatic biodiversity

There is no natural perennial surface water body within the mine lease area. Hence, aquatic

biodiversity is not observed in the mine lease area. The surface run-off during monsoon may carry silt

from the broken up area due to mining and may deposit it into the seasonal and perennial streams

flowing outside the mine lease area. If adequate silt control measures are not adopted in the mine,

this may cause siltation of the receiving water bodies thereby causing threat to the aquatic

biodiversity of the receiving water bodies like Kanhan River which is 2.66 km in NW direction of mine

lease area.

4.5.1.3 Impact on wildlife including avi-fauna

Migration of wild Animals

The wild animals mostly reported in the core area are, Fox, Wild Boar, Cheetal, Common langur,

Hare and common mongoose and other avifauna and Poisonous and non-poisonous snakes are also

reported as forest area is near to the ML area. The mining activities will create migration of these wild

animals during mining activities like drilling, blasting and vehicular movement.

Invasion of Wild Animals at Night

Invasion of wild animals may takes place occasionally however, no night operation proposed.


4.5.2.1 Measures to compensate the loss of forest coverage

There is no forest land involved in mine lease area. Marginal tree cutting will be involved in the

project. In order to compensate the tree cuttings in the area, thick plantation will be carried out on the

safety zone. Backfilled area, and on benches of the mined out area. The lower benches of the mined

out pits will serve as water reservoir, which will be available for nearby farmers for irrigation and will

also help in recharging the ground water table of the area. The mine pits will be properly fenced to

avoid inadvertent fall of unsuspected animals / persons in the pits. All other infrastructure will be

removed from the mine and plantation will be carried out in this area.

Thus, at conceptual stage, the mine lease area will be developed into partially backfilled and

afforested mine pits with reservoir developed in the remaining mine pits. The dumps and pits covered

with plantation will merge with the surrounding topography after some time and the area will be

improved aesthetically.

4.5.2.3 Measures for protection and conservation of wildlife species

Topsoil has a large number of seeds of native plant species in the mining area. Topsoil will be

used for restoration and suitable surface for planted seedlings.

Boundary of mining area contiguous to the forest will be provided by fencing and thick

greenbelt/vegetation which will act as barrier for wild animals.

Checks and controls on the movement of vehicles in and out of the mine

Undertaking mitigative measures for conducive environment to the flora and fauna in consultation

with Forest Department.

Dust suppression system will be installed within mine and periphery of mine.

A budgetary provision is Rs. 2.0 Lakhs as capital cost and 0.80 Lakhs per annum as recurring cost

made under the green belt development program.





Biological Conservation plant for Schedule I Species provided in Annexure VI(e).

4.5.2.4 Green Belt Development and Plantation Programme

The approach towards the development of Green belt /plantation in the lease area with a view to

provide an aesthetic look, eliminating fugitive emissions and for controlling the impact of noise, etc.

A Green Belt will be developed based on the following principles:

Plants that grow fast will be preferred.

Preference for high canopy covers plants with local varieties

Perennial and evergreen plants will be preferred.

Plants which have a high Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) will be preferred.

The development of Green Belt is an important aspect for any plant because:

It acts as a 'Heat Sink'.

It improves the ambient air quality by controlling Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) in air.

It helps in noise abatement for the surrounding area.

It helps in settlement of new birds and insects within itself.

It maintains the ecological balance.

It increases the aesthetic value of site.

Plantation Programme on Overburden Dumps and Backfilling Areas

A total of 23.67 Ha areas, out of these 1.27 Ha will be broken during mining activities whereas 25.40

will remain undisturbed of the proposed Kawatha Manganese open cast mine. Area under plantation

will be 0.2850 Ha. To compensate for the above, plantation will be undertaken during the mining

operation as per the following Table 4.11 plantation schedule. The breakup of the proposed

afforestation programme with reclamation in progressive manner for entire life of mine is given in Table

4.11.

TABLE- 4.11

PLANTATION SCHEDULE

Up to Year No. of trees to be planted (@ 2000

saplings / ha.) Location

1st year 170 Green belt

2ndyear 100 OB dump

3rdyear 100 OB dump

4thyear 100 OB dump

5thyear 100 OB dump

Total 570

TABLE 4.12

RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR GREENBELT

Sl. Botanical Name of the Plant with Height Local Name Description

1. Adina cordifolia (Rubiaceae)

Height: 20m

Haldu

L; deciduous, a light demander, suitable on

open areas

2. Aegle marmelos ( Rutaceae)

Height: 12m

Bel

M; deciduous, good for green belts near

temples

3. Anogeissus latifolia

( Combretaceae)

Dhavra

M; deciduous suitable for green belts

4. Azadirachta India (Meliaceae)

Height: 20m

Nim

L; evergreen ; Quick growing, spreading,

Suitable in green belts . It is termite resistant





Sl. Botanical Name of the Plant with Height Local Name Description

5. Bauhinia racemosa (Caesalpiniaceae)

Height: 5m

Apta

M; deciduous, Quick growing, Crown shape

is Oblong, good in green belts in garden and

as a second row avenue tree

6. Butea monosperma (Papilionaceae)

Height: 10m

Palas

M; deciduous for green belts reduce air

pollution

7. Caesalpinia pulcherrima

(Leguminosae) Height: 4m

Shankhasur S; a large shrub, suitable for gardens out

side offices and along channels

8. Carrisa carandas (Apocynaceae)

Height: 3m

Karvand S; semi evergreen. Large bushy shrub, good

as a hedge to protect against noise

9. Cassia fistula (Leguminopsaae)

Height: 12m

Amaltas

M; deciduous, good ornamental tree in green

belts

10. Dalbergia sisso (Leguminosae)

Height: 3-5m

Shisham

M; deciduous suitable on areas around flare

sites and in green belts

11. Delomix regia (Leguninosae)

Height: 15m

GulMohar

M; deciduous ornamental, suitable on road

sides

12. Emblica officinalis (Euphorbiaceae)

Height: 5m

Amla M; deciduous, good as isolated trees in

gardens.

13. Ficus bengalensis

Height: 20m

Wad

L; deciduous, widely spaced avenue tree (15

m apart)

14. Gmelina arborea (Verbenaceae)

Height: 3-5m

Sewan

M; deciduous , good in green belts around

dumping sites

15. Grewia tiloifolia(Tiliaceae)

Height:3- 5m

Dhaman

M; good in green belts for use as timber

16. H. rosa sinensis

Height: 3m

Jaswand

S; evergreen woody showy shrub good for

gardens

17. Mimusops elengi (Sapotaceae)

Height: 10m

Maulsari

M; evergreen, good for avenues

18. Moringa oleifera (Moringaceae)

Height: 10m

Shevga

M; deciduous, with fragrant flowers minimize

air pollution

19. Murraya koenigii (Rutaceae)

Height: 3-5m

God Neem

S; semi evergreen good in green belts

suitable site and along small channels

20. Peltophorum pterocarpum

(Leguminoseae)

Height: 6-8 m

- L; Semi evergreen, Quick growing Crown

shape is Oblong/ Round suitable on road

sides, & outside office buildings. Reduce air

pollution

21. Pongamia pinnata (Leguminoceae)

Height: 3-5m

Karanj

M; evergreen, quick growing, crown cover

shape is round good along roads

22. Syzygium cuminii (Myyrtaceae)

Height: 20m

Jambhul

L; evergreen tree good in green belts, and

with in campus road sides

23. Tamarindus indica (Leguminoseae),

Height: 20m

Chinch

L; evergreen tree good

24. Acacia nilotica Height: 6m Babul M: Grow in Barren land, Water depleted

areas

Grasses

1. ApludaSp. Kodmoi Stabilization of slopes, slow growth

2. Agrostis tenuis Grass Stabilization of slopes, fast growth

3. A. stolonifera Grass Stabilization of slopes, fast growth

4. Agave Americana Agave Grow in a waste land , slow growth

5. Cynodon dactylon Grass Fast growth, Stabilization of Slopes





Note: The above table showing recommended species for Green belt development in an around ML

area. However, the actual species will be planted in consultation with Forest Development of

Maharashtra.

4.5.2.5 Progressive afforestation in overburden, reclaimed mined out areas

The inactive dump slopes will be planted with grasses and legumes to ensure effective stabilization of

slopes and avoiding soil erosion and gully formations.

Thus, at conceptual stage, the mine lease area will be developed into partially backfilled and

afforested mine pits with reservoir developed in the remaining mine pits and OB/waste dumps

covered with plantation. The dumps and pits covered with plantation will merge with the surrounding

topography after some time and the area will be improved aesthetically.

4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND HEALTH ENVIRONMENT


4.6.1.1 Displacement of human settlements during the life of the mine

There is no habitation in the proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine lease area. The Mine lease area

comprise of Govt. Revenue land. Thus, there is no displacement of settlements from the mine lease

area during the life of the mine.

4.6.1.2 Positive and negative impacts on present status of livelihood in the area

It is obvious to assume that the activities of the mining operations will improve the socio-economic

levels in the study area. The anticipated impact of this project on various aspects is described in the

following sections.

Impact on Human Settlement

There is no human settlement in the proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore Mine. Nearest human

settlement is located at Kawatha village which is 2.5 km away from ML area. No displacement of the

habitation involved in the project. This is proposed manual open cast mine, proposed mining

operation will marginally affected dust and noise generated from the mining operations to nearby

villages, if adequate pollution control measures are not adopted. No mining operation will be carried

out during night time. The residents of the nearby villages will be benefitted due to the primary and

secondary employment opportunities generated due to the mining in the area. The operation of the

mine and associated activities will improve the marginal economic development in the nearby

villages.

4.6.1.3 Impact on the cropping pattern and crop productivity in the buffer zone

The western part of ML area marginally covered with agriculture land. Whereas, some agriculture

fields outside the mine lease area in the western side are also available. However, the mining

operation is restricted as it is manual open cast mining having daily production of manganese ore will

be only 11 TPD. No heavy machinery involved in the proposed project. Thus, no significant impact on

the cropping and crop productivity in the buffer zone involved.


4.6.2.1 Rehabilitation and resettlement of land oustees and displaced people

There is no rehabilitation and resettlement involved in the Kawatha Manganese Ore Mine.

4.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

4.7.1 Identification of Work Related Health Hazards





Details of the principle environmental and occupational risks that are likely to be occurred are given in

Table 4.13.

TABLE 4.13

WORK RELATED HEALTH HAZARDS

Sr. No. Hazardous Activities Type of Hazards Severity of Injury

1 Drilling Exposed to high level of Noise Hearing impairment

Exposed to dusty environment Respiratory diseases

2 Blasting Struck by fly rock Serious Physical injury

Exposed to dusty environment Respiratory diseases

Exposed to high level noise Hearing impairment

Exposed to excessive vibration Cracks to permanent structures

3 Loading Struck by rolling big boulders Serious injury, and equipment damage

Struck by fall of boulders Serious Physical injury

4 Transportation Accidental runaway of vehicle

Serious injury, and equipment damage Fall of vehicle from height while

reversing

Exposure to high level noise Hearing impairment

Fire in engine due to over heating Serious Physical injury

6 Storage of oil, lubricant Leaks and spills Fire & vigorous chemical reaction

7 Use/repair of hydraulic

jacks & pumps during

rainy season only

High pressure operation Physical injury

Oil spillage

Rupture of hydraulic hoses

The mine management takes full responsibility for the protection of the workers against sickness,

disease and injury arising out of their employment and have adopted certain principles with regard to

occupational health services, like establishing and maintaining a safe and healthy working

environment which will facilitate optimal physical and mental health in relation to work.

The following occupational health measures will also be adopted:

Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace;

Surveillance of the factors in the working environment and working practices which may affect

workers health, including sanitary installations and canteens; and

Planning and organization of work, including the design of workplaces, choice, maintenance and

condition of machinery and other equipment and substances used in work.

4.7.2 Medical Surveillance and Examinations

In order to evaluate the impacts from proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore mining project activities on

health of workers, baseline health studies will be conducted on every worker before joining their

duties.

Identifying workers with conditions that may be aggravated by exposure to dust & noise and

establishing baseline status for determining changes in health

Evaluating the effect of dust and noise on workers

Enabling corrective action to be taken when necessary

providing health education and awareness

The medical surveillance program will consist of the following:

Pre-employment medical examinations





Periodic medical examinations

Health & Safety awareness and training

Record keeping

History: The initial medical and occupational history cover previous exposure to dust, personal habits

(e.g. smoking, etc) and history of present or past respiratory disorders (particularly tuberculosis).

Occupational Health Monitoring

All the employees in the mine will be subjected to pre-employment & periodic medical examination to

assess the occupational health impacts. The tests will be conducted as per Form O as given in the

Mines Rules, 1955 for the following parameters:

1. Height & weight 2. Eyes 3. Ears 4. Respiratory Systems

5. Circulatory Systems 6. Abdomen 7. Nervous systems 8. Locomotory systems

9. Skin 10. Hydrocele 11. Hernia 12. Any other abnormality

13. Urine tests 14. Skiagram of chest 15. Complete Blood

picture

16. Any other test

considered by the

Committee Doctor

Based on the medical findings, the worker will be placed for appropriate jobs and necessary safety

training will be provided.

4.7.2.1 Awareness and Training Program

All workers will be subjected to pre-employment and periodic awareness program on health and

safety issues of manganese mining and related activities. They would also be imparted with proper

training and would be made to understand the health impacts of inhaling high concentration of dust

laden air. All the workers will also be provided training in first aid.

Holders of first aid certificate will be given refresher training once in two years

Rescue trained person will acquire highest standards of proficiency in first aid

Ambulance van will be provided fully equipped with lifesaving drugs, medicines and

appliances needed in emergency

Record keeping

A Registered Medical Practitioner (Doctor) will be outsources as per requirement for examining the

workers. All the health records of the workers will be maintained in separate file in site office and the

records will be regularly updated.

Implementation of OH&S

For implementation of Occupational Health & Safety in the Manganese mine project, a safety

committee will be formed. The hierarchy of the committee and responsibilities of individual members

will be as follows:

TABLE 4.14

OH&S COMMITTEE & ITS RESPONSIBILITIES

Sr. No. Designation Responsibility

1. Mines Manager Overall responsibility of Occupational Health & Safety in the Mines

2. Mining Engineer /

Foreman

Adherence to OH&S guidelines and provision of training and conducting

awareness programs and environmental compliance

3. Doctor(outsourced as Pre-employment and periodic examination / health checkup and updating





per requirement) the records, provision of first aid training.

4.7.3 Overall Chart sshowing Impacts of Various Mining Activities on Ambient Air Quality and Proposed Air Pollution Control Measures

FIGURE 4.7: FLOWSHEET SHOWING IMPACTS OF VARIOUS MINING ACTIVITIES ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND PROPOSED AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Impacts on Air Quality Control/ Mitigation Measures

Clearance of vegetation from virgin area

Activities

Dust emission Removal of vegetation only when immediately necessary. Plantation of green belt in Safety barrier

Removal of Top soil Dust emission Water sprinkling before scrapping of top soil.

Loading & Transport of Top soil and transport to soil stack

Dust emission SO2, NOx emissions

Periodic maintenance of vehicles Water sprinkling during loading Water sprinkling on internal roads

Unloading at Soil Stack Wind erosion at Soil stack

Dust emission Minimizing dumping height Plantation of grasses & herbs at soil stack for avoiding wind erosion.

Excavation of Mn Ore & OB by drilling & Blasting

Dust emission SO2, NOx emissions

Provision of enclosure to conveyors Water sprinkling at transfer points

Loading and transport of Mn Ore & OB

Dust emission Provision of enclosure to conveyors Water sprinkling at transfer points

Size reduction & sorting manually

Dust emission Suppression of dust by water sprinkling

Stacking of sorted Mn Ore

Dust emission Development of green belt around stacks to form a wind break. Periodic water sprinkling on stacks

Unloading of OB at OB dump Wind erosion from OB dump

Dust emission Dump height only 3 M. Plantation of grasses & herbs at OB for avoiding wind erosion. Thick plantation on inactive dump slopes

Loading & transport of Mn ore to customers

Dust emission, increase in traffic density

Use of covered trucks for transport Transport through NH-26B / SH 19 ~3.65 km, W from ML area.

CHAPTER-5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE

AND TECHNOLOGY)




Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternative Technology and Site 5-1

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SITE

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES UNDER CONSIDERATION

This is a new proposed manganese mine. The prospecting license for Manganese over an area of

26.67 Ha. has been granted to applicant dated 22-09-2008 for a period of 2 years. The said

prospecting license was executed with the collector the collector Nagpur on behalf of the Govt. of

Maharashtra on 15th January, 2009 and valid up to 14th January, 2011.After receiving Letter of Intent

dated 18th January, 2016 against Mining lease application dated 20th Jan 2011, from Gov. of

Maharashtra numbered MMN-0915/CN99/industry-9, Directorate of Geology & Mining, Nagpur has

approved the mining plan vide Letter No. NGP/MN/MPW-1173/NGP-2016 dt.03.08.16. At present out

of all land of proposed Mine Lease (Khasra no. 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272),

30% land is acquired and remaining land purchase is under process. The Manganese Ore

occurrence is site specific hence, no other site is considered for mining operation.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY

5.2.1 Choice of Method of Mining

The manual open cast mining method has been considered to be continued for adoption because of

the following reasons:

The average stripping ratio for opencast mining is 1:6.

The mining by opencast method is highly productive & economical as compared to

underground method; and

The opencast mining operations ensure higher recovery of manganese resource from

conservation point of view.

In addition to this mining area is too small for trouble free and safe mining.

All other mining activities except drilling and blasting will be required to be followed resulting

into same or very insignificant reduction in the air pollution.

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME




Chapter 6- Environmental Monitoring Programme 6-1

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION MEASURES

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter-4 will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on

environment due to the operations of the project. In order to facilitate easy implementation of

mitigation measures, these are phased as per the priority implementation as given in Table 6.1.

TABLE 6.1

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Sr. No. Recommendations Time Requirement Schedule

1 Air pollution control measures Being practiced & strengthened before

commissioning of enhanced production. Immediate

2 Water pollution control

measures

Being practiced & strengthened before


3 Noise control measures Being practiced & strengthened before


4 Ecological preservation and

upgrade

Being practiced & further stage wise

implementation.

Immediate &

Progressive

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The environmental monitoring for the mining operations of proposed project will be conducted as

follows:

Air quality;

Water and wastewater quality;

Noise levels;

Soil quality; and

Greenbelt development.

6.2.1 Environmental Monitoring Cell

Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficacy of pollution control

measures adopted can only be determined by monitoring. An Environmental Management Cell will be

established for implementing the Environmental Management Plan and conducting periodic

environmental monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters to assess the status of

environment regularly during mine operations. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the

monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to

operation of the mine and so that suitable additional mitigation steps could be taken in time to

safeguard the environment. The organizational chart of Environment Management Cell is as given in

Figure 6.1.





FIGURE 6.1: ORGANIZATION CHART OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

6.2.2 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme

The objectives of environmental monitoring are:

To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regard to new developments

To follow the trend of parameters, which have been identified as critical;

To check or assess the efficacy of the pollution control measures

To establish a database for future impact assessment studies for new projects

The environmental monitoring for the proposed Manganese operations will be conducted for following

aspects:

Ambient Air quality

Water table depth

Surface and ground water quality

Ambient Noise Levels

Soil Quality

Green belt & Plantation

CSR Activities

The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the post-project monitoring.

Air Pollution

The ambient air quality will be monitored as per EC Conditions/Central Pollution Control Board

guidelines at one location in proposed mine lease area and four locations in nearby villages.

Water Table Depth

The depth of ground water table in the area will be monitored regularly in the wells/borewell located in

four nearby villages. The water table depth at Pre-monsoon (May month) and Post Monsoon

(November Month) will be measured and records will be maintained.

Mines Manager

Environmental Scientist

External Laboratory Approved by MoEF/MPCB & NABET accredited Environment

consultant

Chemist (1) Field Assistant (1)

Horticulture expert (1) Gardener (1)

Water Sprinkler Operator (1) Unskilled Labour (1)

Lessee





Water quality

Ground water samples from four villages surrounding the project area will be analyzed. The water

quality monitoring will be carried out once during every season. Surface water sample will be

collected from mine pit, when available.

Ambient Noise Levels

Noise levels in the core zone and in surrounding villages will be monitored regularly. Ambient noise

level monitoring will be carried out at 1 location in the mine lease area and in four locations in nearby

villages. Noise level monitoring will be conducted once in each season.

Soil quality

Soil quality monitoring will be carried out in the plantation area within the mine lease area and in the

agriculture fields located nearby the mine lease area. 1 sample from core zone and 4 sample from

nearby villages will be collected and analyzed, once in a year, preferably during dry season.

CSR Activities

Social welfare activities conducted in nearby villages will be regularly monitored for their effectiveness

and accordingly new activities will be planned.

The proposed environmental monitoring schedule is given in Table 6.2.

TABLE 6.2: PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE

Sr.

No.

Environmental

Aspect Locations

Parameters for

monitoring

Schedule/ frequency of

Monitoring

1 Ambient Air Quality 3 (1 in ML area &

2 in nearby villages)

PM10, PM 2.5, SO2,

NOx

Quarterly Monitoring with

24 hours sampling

2 Water table depth 3 (1 in core zone and in

nearby 2 villages) Depth of water level

Once each in May and

November month every

year

3 Water quality

Mine pit water & Ground

water from 4 nearby

villages

As per IS:10500 2012

standards

Grab sampling, once

during each season

4 Ambient Noise

Levels

3 (1 in ML area &

2 in nearby villages) Noise levels in dB(A)

Hourly noise level for 24

hours, once in each

season

5 Soil Quality

3 (Plantation in ML area

and agriculture fields in 2

villages)

Physical and nutrition

properties of soil

Once in a year, preferably

during dry season.

6. CSR activities Nearby villages

Implementation status

and need based

assessment

Quarterly

6.2.3 Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environmental Monitoring

Environmental monitoring of ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, ambient noise

levels, etc. will be carried out through MoEF&CC accredited agencies regularly and reports will be

submitted to MPCB/MoEF&CC.





6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

6.3.1 Environmental Policy of the Company

The mine lease holder Smt. Rachana Ashish Belorkar. Environmental Policy is attached in Annexure

VIII.

6.3.3 Environmental Management Cell



experience in the field of environmental management. The responsibilities of EMC will be as follows:

1. Implementation of pollution control measures as suggested in Environmental Management

Plan and recommended in EC

2. Conducting environmental monitoring as per EMP and EC stipulation through external

laboratories approved by MoEF/MPCB and NABL

3. Ensuring compliance with other conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance for the

project.

4. Ensuring compliance with the conditions stipulated in 'Consent to Operate' for the project.

5. Timely submission of compliance status to MoEF/ MPCB

6. Seeking experts guidance, as and when required.

7. Conducting CSR activities in nearby villages.

6.3.4 Audit & Review

Review and audit is essentially a management tool. However, its application is crucial at the

operational level for verification and feedback on the effectiveness of organization system and

environmental performance. Basically, auditing involves in the following items:

Line management system Awareness and training

Procedures: standards, targets Plans: Waste, contingency, pollution

control compliance

Verify environmental impact assessment Verify mitigation

Reporting and communication Documentation

Feedback

Internal Audit:

A system of auditing will be undertaken for mining operations and includes the use of trained internal

and external auditors. In addition, auditing should be undertaken to ensure compliance with all the

applicable legislations.

Audit Type Frequency:

Internal: - From other site in-charge every 6 months

External - independent expert Every 12 months

The company shall depute internal / external auditors who are trained and certified as competent

EMS auditors by an independent and external standard organization. The results of monitoring and

auditing shall be regularly reported through the senior management team to ensure that action items

are addressed.





6.3.5 Non-conformity, Corrective Action and Preventive Action

As per the Environmental Policy of the company, non-conformities, corrective actions and preventive

actions shall be managed in accordance with Nonconformance, Preventive and Corrective Action

Procedure. This procedure, which relates to all projects of the company, details the processes to be

utilized with respect to the identification of non-conformances, the application of appropriate

corrective actions(s) to address non-conformances and the establishment of preventive actions to

avoid non-conformances. The key elements of the process include:

i. identification of Non-conformance and /or Non-compliances

ii. Recording of Non-conformance and/or Non-compliance

iii. Evaluation of the Non-conformance and/or Non-compliance to determine specific corrective

and preventive actions

iv. Corrective and preventive actions to be assigned to responsible persons and

v. Management Review of corrective actions to ensure the status and effectiveness of the

actions

6.3.6 Management Review

A comprehensive review of the objectives and targets associated with the individual project of the

company shall be undertaken on an annual basis via the business planning (1 year outlook) and

business strategy (5 year outlook) processes. These reviews, which include involvement from the

senior site management and other key personnel, assess the performance of the mine over the

previous year and develop goals and targets for the following period.

6.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Occupational health and safety is very closely related to productivity and good employer-employee

relationship. The main factors of occupational health in mine is fugitive dust and noise. Safety of

employees during blasting operation and maintenance of mining equipment and handling of explosive

materials is to be taken care of as per the Mine Regulations, 1965 and circulars of DGMS. To avoid

any adverse effects on the health of workers due to dust, heat, noise and vibration, sufficient

measures are proposed in the EMP. These include:

Provision of wet drilling and dust collectors;

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, toilets etc.;

Provision of personnel protection devices for the workers;

Rotation of job for workers exposed to high noise areas; and

First-aid facilities.

Occupational Health Survey of the employees will be carried out at regular intervals.

6.5 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The details of monitoring of pollution along with annual recurring cost are given in Table-6.3.





TABLE 6.3 COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Sr. No. Particulars Annual Cost (Rs. in Lakhs)

1 Monitoring of Ambient Air Quality 1.0

2 Monitoring of Water Quality and depth of water table 0.7

3. Monitoring of ambient noise levels 0.6

4 Monitoring of soil samples 0.2

5 Monitoring of plantation (in-house) --

6 Monitoring of CSR activities (In-house) --

Total 2.5

CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Final EIA/EMP for Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) located at Kawatha

Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District, Maharashtra


Chapter 7- Additional Studies 7-1

CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The EIA/EMP report for proposed Manganese Mine project located at village Kawatha, Saoner

Tehsil, District - Nagpur in Maharashtra state is prepared as per the TOR issued by EAC, MoEFCC,

New Delhi and the report is submitted for public consultation process as per the provisions of EIA

Notification 2006 and amendments thereof.

Public hearing conducted on 19.10.2018, the issues/suggestions made by the local people and

commitments made by the Project Proponent during the public hearing are incorporated in this

chapter.

7.1.1 PUBLIC HEARING DETAILS




Maharashtra State. The minutes of environmental public hearing enclosed as Annexure - XIII

As per EIA notification, in respect of the project was published in newspapers namely “The Hitwada”

in English daily and Marathi in Maharashtra Times on 18.09.2018 in order to receive notices inviting

comments, views, objection and suggestions, if any from the public. The proceeding of public hearing

conducted by Regional Officer, Nagpur, SPCB, Maharashtra under the chairmanship of Additional

District Magistrate. Further about 97 nos. of representations were received during public hearing. The

following members from MPCB were present during the public hearing.

Sr. No. Name Position

1. Ravindra Khajanji

(Additional District Collector, Nagpur)

Chairman

2. Rahul Wankhede

(Regional Officer)

Member

3. Hema Deshpande

(Sub-Regional Officer)

Convener

4. Other officials of SPCB, Maharashtra As support officials

OTHER MEMBERS

Sr. No. Name Position

1. Shri. Ashish Belorkar On behalf of the Smt. Rachana Ashish

Belorkar, Owner, Kawatha Manganese

Mine.

2. Shri. Shrikant B. Vyawhare

Shri. Mithilesh Padhye

Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.





PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING

7.1.2 MAJOR ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING

Sr. No. Issues Raised Number of People Supporting Issue

1. Effect on agricultural crop production 4

2. Road maintenance 5

3. Employment to local people 3

4. Ownership of land in Mine Lease area 4

5. Ground water depletion 1





7.3 MAJOR ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING AND REPLY BY PROJECT

PROPONENT

Type of Queries

Objections/ comments/ suggestion

Reply from project proponent Time Frame Budgetary Provision

1. Mrs. Sushma Devidas Pachpute, Kawatha Village, Saoner, Nagpur

Effect on Agricultural production

Agriculture crop productivity may get damage as my field in the vicinity of ML area

It’s a Manual mine where breaking & sorting of rocks will be done by mine workers.; At the end of 5 year plan only 0.2544 Ha. area will be broken & plantation will be done in 0.2850 Ha. area which will restrict dust.; Controlled blasting will be done so that dust emission will be very less.; Water sprinkling on haul road.; Maximum per day production of Manganese is expected to be approximate 11 tons. Hence only one Truck/Tipper having 15 Ton per day capacity will be used for transport of material & dust emission will be insignificant. No effluent generation from Mine site.

Surface runoff will be passing through Check dam & settling tank.

Dust suppression will be carried out through Water Sprinkling will start during mine operations

Capital cost of Rs. 5 lakh & Recurring cost of Rs. 3.10 lakh is allocated for Air pollution control.

2. Mr. Kashiram Marotrao Bhojne, Kawatha Village, Saoner, Nagpur

1.Effect on Agricultural production

2. Pollution by processing of ore

3. Road maintenance

4. Employment

1. My farm is adjacent to Mine lease area, will it be affected by mining activity.

2. Crushing activity will pollute the air & dust will be spread on crops.

3. Maintenance of road should be done.

4. Employment should be given to local people

1. Already explained in previous question by Mrs. Sushma Devidas Pachpute.

2. No Crusher or mineral processing is proposed at the mine site. Breaking of ore followed by sizing & sorting will be done manually & hence no impact on air.

3. M/s Kawatha Manganese Mine will spend 2.0% of the project cost, under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) i.e. Rs.3.0205 crores (302.05 Lacs), i.e. Rs. 6,10,000/-) Road will be maintained properly through CER. Moreover, budgetary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year under made under CSR for social welfare activities.

4. Approximately 25-30 local people will get employment as per desired qualification from proposed mining activity

Dust suppression will be carried out through. Water Sprinkling will start during mine operations.

Road maintenance will start right after the OB removal in the mining lease area.

Employment generation prior to start of Mining activity.


Road maintenance is included in Budgetiary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year made under CSR for social welfare activities.

The workers will be paid as per prevailing minimum wages act or as per demand supply whichever is higher.

3. Mrs. Manjusha Chavan, Nagpur





Type of Queries



Ownership of land in Mine Lease area

I want to plan Agricultural project on my land. Oppose to proposed Mining project as we don’t want to give our land for mining activity. Project Proponent doesn’t own any land in the Mine Lease area.

The Government of Maharashtra notified the area for Mining of Manganese mineral (Notification dated 9

th

November 2006).

Mrs. Manjusha Chavan along with her husband had already applied for Prospecting License under the company name M/s. Vasushresha Mines and Minerals dated 8

th October 2009

which was not considered by Govt. of Maharashtra because PL was already given to Project Proponent by Government of Maharashtra dated 22 September 2008.

The Govt. of Maharashtra issued Letter of Intent to project proponent vide Letter no. MMN-0915/CN99/industry-9 dtd. 18 January 2016 against Mining lease application dated 20 Jan 2011.

The proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine comprises in 26.67 Ha. Out of which Mrs. Manjusha Chavan have only 1.76 Ha of land ownership.

Surface rights will be acquired by project proponent prior to start the Mining activity as per condition laid down by state government in Mining Lease order.

All due permissions will be obtained prior to commencement of mining operations.


As per prevailing Act/rule.

4. Mrs Gauri Desai, Pune

Effect on Agricultural production

My farm is adjacent to Mine lease area, will it be affected by mining activity.

It’s a Manual mine where breaking & sorting of rocks will be done by mine workers. At the end of 5 year plan only 0.2544 Ha. area will be broken & plantation will be done in 0.2850 Ha. area which will restrict dust.; Controlled blasting will be done so that dust emission will be very less.; Water sprinkling on haul road.; Maximum per day production of Manganese is expected to be approximate 11 tons. Hence only one 15 Ton Truck/Tipper per day will be used for transport of material & dust emission will be negligible.; No effluent generation from Mine site.







Type of Queries



Check dams & settling tank will check transportation of suspended particulates via run off of rain water ensuring no pollution of soil or GW will take place in adjacent land.

5. Mr. Atmaram Sukhlal Kumre, Dudhala(Khurd) PO. Sawanga, Tq. Sausar, Dist. Chindwada

Ownership of land in Mine Lease area, ML Application

Application for ML is made by me prior to Mr. Belorkar. Project Proponent doesn’t own any land in the Mine Lease area. Oppose to proposed Mining project.

The Govt. of Maharashtra issued Letter of Intent to project proponent vide Letter no. MMN-0915/CN99/industry-9 dtd. 18 January 2016 against Mining lease application dated 20 Jan 2011.

Mr. Atmaram Sukhlal Kumre through M/s. Vasushresha Mines and Minerals dated 8

th October

2009 which was not considered by Govt. of Maharashtra because PL was already given to Project Proponent by Government of Maharashtra dated 22 September 2008.



As per prevailing Act/rule.

6. Mr Vootkuri Sunanda Reddy, Environmentalist & President, Dharithri Paryavarana Parirakshana Samstha, Shivaji nagar, Nagpur

Importance of project for economy & employment. Environment quality.

Project is necessary for growth of economy & employment generation. Consultant has already conducted Baseline survey of air, water, and land in 10km radius study area and it is very good.

Thanks for appreciation and welcoming the project

- -

7. Mr. Ashok Rajendra Bhagwat, Kawatha Village, Saoner, Nagpur

1.Effect on Agriculture

2.Road maintenance

3.Ground water depletion

4. Employment

1. Agriculture crop productivity may get damage as my Field in the vicinity of ML area

2. Vehicular activity related to mining activity already degraded the road quality.

1. Already explained in previous question by Mrs. Sushma Devidas Pachpute.

2. Maximum per day production of Manganese is expected to be approximate 11 tons. Hence only one 15 Ton Truck/Tipper per day will be used for transport of material & dust emission will be negligible.

3. Only 15 KLD water is required for


Cap. cost Rs. 5 lakh & Rec. cost of Rs. 3.10 lakh towards Air pollution control.

Road maintenance is included in





Type of Queries



3. Water for mining activity will be used from village hence depletion of GW level.

4. Local people will not get employment.

the proposed mining project & that will be procured from registered water supplier.

4. Approximately 25-30 local people will get employment from proposed mining activity as per required qualification.

budgetary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year made under CSR for social welfare activities.


8. Mr. Sharad Jaysinghrao Chavan, Nagpur

Ownership of land in Mine Lease area. Effect on Adjacent land area

I want to start an Agricultural Project in land adjacent to ML area & it will be affected by Proposed Mining activity.

Mr. Sharad Chavan already applied for Prospecting License under the company name M/s. Vasushresha Mines and Minerals dated 8

th October 2009

which was not considered by Govt. of Maharashtra because PL was already given to Project Proponent by Government of Maharashtra dated 22 September 2008. This showed that there will not be any agricultural project rather malicious intentions.



9. Ritesh Patil

Road If the proposed project gets NOC then what type & level of road it will be which PP will develop?

It will be a general kachha road constructed by Overburden/waste material from mine site.


Road maintenance is included in Budgetiary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year made under CSR for social welfare activities.

10. Mrs. Jamgade

Road Maintenance of road should be done before start of vehicular activity related to this project.

Rs. 6.041 lacs (2% of project cost i.e. Rs. 6,04,100/-) under CER will be used for environmental developmental activities. Moreover, budgetary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year under made under CSR for social welfare activities.


Road maintenance is included in Budgetiary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year made under CSR for





Type of Queries



social welfare activities.

11. Mr. Manoj Pachpute, kawtha

Employment Local people should get employment in the proposed project. Support for the project.

Approximately 25-30 local people will get employment from proposed mining activity as per required qualification.



12. Mr. Ashok Rajendra Bhagwat, Kawatha Village, Saoner, Nagpur

Road 1. What will be done first, Road or Mining activity? What is the specification of road to be developed & who will maintain the road?

2. How much quantity of material will be transported from the village road?

3. Grampanchayat NOC shall be furnished.

1. It will be a general kachha road constructed by Overburden/waste material from mine site. As soon as the Overburden is removed, same will be used to construct a good quality kachha road before start of Mining of ore.

2. Maximum per day production of Manganese is expected to be approximate 11 tons. Hence only one truck/Tipper of 15 Ton will be used per day for transport of material & hence dust emission will be negligible & very negligible effect on road quality which will be mitigated by proper maintenance by PP.


All due permissions will be obtained prior to commencement of mining operations.

Road maintenance is included in budgetary provision of Rs. 1.3 Lacs per year made under CSR for social welfare activities.

No budgetary provision for obtaining grampanchayat NOC

13. Mrs. Manjusha Chavan

NOC from Forest Department not obtained & also

NOC from land owners not obtained

As per the land record documents, all the land in Mine Lease area is a Private land & no forest land in involved. However, NOC already obtained from Forest Department as asked by EAC at before grant of ToR. The details are enclosed as Annexure - IX

NOC from Forest Department not obtained & also

NOC from land owners not obtained





Type of Queries








7.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

7.2.1 Occupational Health

For any industry, where multiple activities are involved during construction, operation and maintenance;

the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally

brings several problems like occupational health and safety. Mining Industry is not an exception and

above also holds good.

Therefore, proper plan and steps are required to be taken to minimize the impact of mining and for

ensuring appropriate occupational health during the constructional and operational phases.

Occupational health as such needs attention during construction, operation and mine closure phases.

Construction

There will be no construction proposed except temporary mines office, rest shelter. The occupational

health problems envisaged at this stage are mainly due to dust, noise and accident associated with

various constructional activities. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduce it

within Threshold Limit Values (TLV’s), necessary protective equipment will have to be supplied to

workers.

Operational

The problem of occupational health during mining is primarily due to dust and noise which could

affect the workers from respiratory and hearing problems. Pre-employment and periodic training on

occupational health and safety will be imparted to all the employees of the mine. The necessary

personal protective equipment’s like helmets, ear plugs, safety shoes, goggles, hand gloves, etc. will

be provided to all the workers. Necessary provision for first aid will be maintained at site office and

with site supervisor. A vehicle will be kept ready at mine site for transportation of injured person to

nearby hospital, in case of emergency.

Full-fledged hospital facilities are available at Saoner town. All working personnel will be medically

examined at least once in every year and at the end of his term of employment. This is in addition to

the pre-employment medical examination.

7.2.2 Safety Plan

An effective organization of the mine including safety plan shall be put into place as per DGMS

Guidelines/ Circulars, which shall include all safety precautions during the mining operations, posting

of sufficient number of statutory officials and persons, disaster management, etc, for which sufficient

funds shall be provided. Since mining is a hazardous industry, necessary measures shall be taken to

prevent accident due to following anticipated hazardous/risk prone activities.

Slope failure;

Handling of explosives;

Fly-rocks during blasting;

Movement of Trucks/Tippers;

Inundation due to surface water;

Dust hazards;

Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets; and

Flooding of lower benches





7.2.2.1 Statutory Rules

Deployment of Trucks/Tippers in any mine for excavation of minerals needs planning of various

activities in confirmation with the prevailing statutory provisions as per Mines Act 1952, Metalliferous

Mines Regulation 1957, various DGMS circulars & bye-laws.

All applicable statutory rules, regulations, bye-laws etc. and statutory requirement related to Govt.

licenses, workers compensation, insurance, etc., including minimum wage act for workers employed

by the outside agency shall be adhered to. Any other rule imposed by local/state/central authorities

shall also be complied by user of Trucks/Tippers equipment and then shall have to supply various

protective equipment viz. helmets, shoes, safety gear for welding, working at height, electrical

apparatus handling, etc. to the workmen at Management's cost.

7.2.2.2 Safety Aspects for Trucks/Tippers /Equipment and Workers

Special precaution shall be taken in case of outsourcing the Trucks/Tippers and workers in the mine.

Some of the major safety aspects before outsourcing of workers & Trucks/Tippers to the mine are

enumerated as follows:

(A) For Workers

No worker shall be deployed unless he is skilled enough to take up the designated

assignment and trained at VTC;

Records in Form- B and Form- D shall be maintained;

Records of vocational training certificate and driving license of operators shall be kept by

Trucks/Tippers outsourcing agency and shall be made readily available for inspection by

management;

No persons shall be employed unless person holds VTC certificate and management is

informed. A record of it shall be maintained;

Adequate supervision shall be maintained by qualified competent persons;

Outside agency shall follow safety guidelines and safety instruction from project authorities;

All drivers shall obey traffics rules prepared by the management; and

Before deploying workers, they must be trained and briefed about safety aspects in opencast

mine. However, during course of execution of the work, if any accident occurs, whether major

or minor, the matter shall have to be immediately informed to the mine management so that

notices of accidents in a accordance of (Reg.9 of MMR 1957) and Section-23 of Mines Act,

1952 may be given and other necessary steps may be taken in accordance with the Mines

Act, 1952.

(B) For Machineries as Recommended by DGMS Circular (Tech.) 1 of 1999

All machineries to be deployed in mines shall be checked before deployment by competent

authority;

Regular checking of machines deployed shall be done. No unfit machine shall be deployed

before the defect is rectified;

A proper record of repair and maintenance along with inspection done by management and

defect pointed out shall be maintained and signed by authorized person;





The Trucks/Tippers shall be provided with audio visual alarms, proper light for use at night

and period when natural light is not sufficient. Also audio-visual alarms for reversing of

Trucks/Tippers shall be provided;

RTO certificate photo copies of all vehicles shall be submitted to manager;

Regular inspection of Trucks/Tippers shall be done by the agency’s mechanic as directed by

the management;

Machine manufacturers shall be asked to give risk analysis details in respect machines

deployed by outside agencies;

Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided in every machine;

Transport system will be deployed in such a way so as to minimize pollution in the mine and

keep the environmental status as recommended under the approved EMP

7.2.2.3 Stability of Benches, Quarry High Walls and Spoil Dumps

During mining operations, it is necessary to adopt suitable parameters for the stability of benches,

high-walls and spoil dumps. It is also mandatory to examine systematically the fencing of mine

working, landslides and cracks between benches. It is required to maintain well graded and wide

roads on benches keeping the width of working areas sufficient for spreading of blasted rock and

movement of the mining and transport equipment.

During mining operation, systematic observations and regular monitoring of the condition of benches,

high-wall slopes and spoil dumps shall be carried out and the dimensions shall be modified if

necessary, to suit the local conditions.

7.2.2.4 Precautions against Danger of Inundation from Surface Water

There is no major river flowing nearby the mine site. A garland drain will be provided to drain

away the storm water from entering into the mine.

Inspections for any accumulation of rain water, obstruction in normal drainage;

Standing order for withdrawal of working persons in case of apprehended danger;

During heavy rain, inspection of vulnerable points is essential. In case of any danger, persons

are to be withdrawn to safer places;

7.2.2.5 Prevention of Flooding of Equipment Deployed at Bottom Horizons

During the heavy monsoon period, the mining operation in the lower-most benches shall be stopped.

Adequate pumping capacity on the basis of historical data of maximum rainfall and distribution of

rainfall has to be designed. But in case of unprecedented rainfall, machineries like Jack Hammer Drill

and compressor, if any shall be withdrawn from lower benches temporarily and redeployed after

dewatering in the lower benches again. It is important to note that the mining operation is manual

opencast based.

7.2.2.6 Dust Suppression

Following measures shall be adopted for dust suppression at all quarry working places, dump, haul

roads, and near other auxiliary mining operations:

Water sprinklers shall be deployed in haul road.

Spraying with water on all working faces.

While drilling holes, drills with necessary dust extraction arrangement shall be used.





Leveling of spoil dump surface.

Maintaining the engine and exhaust conditioners properly, so as to keep emission gases

within limits and regular checking of exhaust and recording the same.

7.2.2.7 Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention

In addition to statutory provisions, the measures for firefighting and prevention of fires will be as

follows:

Provision of portable fire extinguishers.

Emergency organization shall be formed to deal with emergency during fire. The organization

shall have names of responsible person along with their telephone numbers. Their duties shall

be clearly specified and the persons shall be properly trained. Mock drills shall be held.

7.2.2.8 Measures during Drilling and Blasting

Following measures shall be taken while drilling and blasting operations in the quarry:

1. Drilling and blasting in quarry shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Mines Act,

rules and regulations;

2. Adequate safety measures will be taken during blasting operations in the quarry so that

men/machines are not affected;

3. Ground vibration due to blasting will be controlled by following:

Reducing the explosive charge per delay.

Spacing and burden are to be optimized by the blasting engineer.

Reducing the amount of explosive charged per blast.

Adoption of controlled blasting by using suitable initiating sequence and delay.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of various hazards (unsafe conditions) that

will exist in the mines. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of

risks, mining equipment and personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards

present in the mine. Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present.

In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks, maximum credible accident

analysis, and consequence analysis are addressed which gives a broad identification of risks involved.

Based on the risk estimation disaster management plan has to be prepared.

The mining will be carried out under the management control and direction of a qualified Mine

Manager holding a first class manager’s certificate of competency. The DGMS have been regularly

issuing standing orders, model standing orders and circulars to be followed by the mine management

in case of disaster, if any. Moreover, mining staff will be sent to refresher courses from time to time to

keep them alert. However, following natural/industrial hazards may occur during normal operation:

Accident due to explosives;

Accident due to heavy mining equipment; and

Sabotage in case of magazine.

In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be adopted:





All safety precautions and provisions of the Mine Act, 1952 and the Mines Rules, 1955 will be

strictly followed during all mining operations;

Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited;

Firefighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office and mining area;

Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will be made

available to the employees and regular check for their use;

Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous premises; Under

mines rules all employees of mines shall have to undergo the training at a regular interval;

Working of mine, as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plans;

Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent persons only;

Provision of magazine at a safe place with fencing and necessary security arrangement;

Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer’s guidelines;

Suppression of dust on the haulage roads;

Adequate safety equipment will be provided at explosive magazine; and

Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and other similar

drives.

7.3.1 Storage of explosives

Explosives will be stored in licensed magazine and will be transported by licensed explosive van to

mine site. Only competent persons will be allowed to handle explosives and adequate security will be

provided at the magazine area.

Precautionary measures during blasting

(a) Although the mine is away from any major habitation, precaution will be taken to minimize

nuisance caused by blasting. All necessary safety precaution will be taken in accordance with the

explosive act. Precaution will also be taken as per MMR 1961 106(2) (b) for deep hole drilling &

Blasting and usage of heavy earth moving machinery.

(b) Drilling and blasting operations will be carried on strictly as per the provision of MMR, 1961 under

the strict supervision of qualified persons. For storage and issue of explosives, the relevant

provisions of Indian Explosives Rules, 1983 will be followed. Blasting time is generally fixed at

lunch interval or after the working shift-taking. All required precautions, like marking the danger

zone with red flags, use of warning signals and providing blasting shelters etc.

Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Tippers

All transportation within the main working area would be carried out under the direct

supervision and control of the management;

The vehicles will be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week

by a competent person authorized for this purpose by the management;

Broad signs would be provided at each and every turning point specially for the guidance of

the drivers ;

To avoid dangers while reversing the vehicles, all areas as far as possible, will be made man

free and





A statutory provision of the fence, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in

reducing the incidence of such accidents.

7.3.2 Disaster Management Plan

The disaster management plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of

installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this order of priorities.

The disaster/ emergency situations will be countered with an organizational chart entrusting

responsibility to various mine personnel with their specific roles during emergency and will be

updated from time to time.

The composition of the disaster management team will be:-

1. Mines Manager

2. Site Supervisors/ Foremen

3. Personnel/Administrative Manager/Environmental Manager

4. First Aid Expert/ Medical Coordinator

5. Transport in-charge

For effective implementation of the disaster management plan including the following facilities would be

widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills.

Infrastructure at site

1. Emergency Control Room

Site office will be used as Emergency Control Room. Following facilities will be kept ready at the site

office for use in emergency conditions:

a. Master plan of the mines. b. First aid boxes c. Gas masks.

d. Telephone line with STD facility. e. Loud speakers f. Emergency lighting system.

g. Stretchers. h. Transport facility.

Assembly Points

Assembly points will be set up in the Mine lease at farthest from the location of likely hazardous

events, where pre-designated persons from the works, contractors and visitors would assemble in

case of emergency. Up-to-date list of pre-designated employees of various departments will be

available at these points so that roll call could be taken. Pre-designated persons would take charge of

these points and mark presence as the people come into it.

Communication System

Different types of alarms to differentiate types of emergencies will be assigned and communicated.

Alarms will be followed by an announcement over Public Address System. In case of failure of alarm

system, communication will be made through Public Address System (loud speakers). If everything

fails, a messenger will be used for sending the information.

Warning System and Control

The Control Centers will be located at an area of minimum risk or vulnerability in the premises

concerned, taking into account the wind direction, areas which might be affected by fire/explosion,

toxic releases, etc. For promptness and efficiency, the premises/storage sites will be divided into

number of zones, which will be clearly marked on the site plan.





Emergency Services

This includes the fire-fighting system, first aid center, ambulance etc. Alternate sources of power

supply, communication with local bodies, fire brigade etc., will be identified and clearly demarcated at

control room. Adequate number of external and internal telephone connections will be provided.

Fire Protection System

The fire protection system in the proposed manganese mine consist of portable fire extinguishers of

suitable types and capacities to be placed in cabins of Trucks/Tippers, transport vehicles and

additional fire extinguishers at site office. Water pumps will be used for supporting the firefighting

arrangements.

7.4 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The impacts of the mining project on socio-economic conditions of the people of surrounding villages

are assessed based on interactions with representative of Project Proponent and local population. It

is anticipated that the proposed project after start of operation will further bring following benefits to

the people of the surrounding villages:

Generation of additional employment and marginal improved standard of living;

Increased revenue to the State by way of royalty, taxes and duties;

Improved infrastructure facilities etc.

In addition to above, due to increase in purchasing power of local habitants, there will be slight

improvement in the socio-economic scenario of the area.

7.5 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT ASPECTS

The Kawatha Manganese Mine in 26.67 Ha lease area. There is no household in the mine lease

area. Hence, there is no R&R required in the proposed manganese mine.

CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS


Chapter 8- Project Benefit 8-1

CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 NEED BASED ASSESSMENT

Socio-economic survey conducted in the villages located within 10 km radius of the Kawatha

Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) located at Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil, Nagpur District,

Maharashtra state brings out that villages are lacking in basic amenities like healthcare in Kawtha

Village, road, unemployment, treated drinking water, higher education and sanitation facilities etc. The

survey also reveals that the literacy rate in the area is moderate and the people are mostly engaged in

nearby cotton industries and agriculture related activities. Water scarcity arises during summer season.

Based on socio-economic survey, the following are expectations of local people from the proposed

kawatha manganese mining project:

Employment Medical facilities

Drinking water facilities Improvement in education facilities

Vocational training to unemployed youth Control of dust pollution

Improvement of roads Emergency ambulance facility

The company has made budgetary provision for Corporate Social Responsibility of Rs. 1.3 Lakhs per

annum for aforesaid activities. The implementation of aforesaid activities will be carried out after

consultation with Gram Panchayat and Block Development Officer.

8.2 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As per O.M. dated 01/05/2018 issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi regarding Corporate Environment

Responsibility (C.E.R.). The Proposed project cost is Rs. 3.0205 crore. Thus, as per CER OM 2% i.e.

6.10 lakhs will be spent towards Corporate Environment Responsibility. The CER budget along with

capital expanses with different heads are given below.

TABLE 9.1

BUDGET PROPOSED FOR CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

Sl. Particulars Proposed CER Expenses (In. Lakhs Rs.)

Activities proposed to be Carried out under CER at Govt. School at Kawtha Village

1. Rainwater Harvesting in School 1.4

2. Solar Power System in School 1.3

3. Running water in Toilet 0.8

4. RO water System with storage containers 1.0

5. Plantation in school open land 0.6

6. Environmental Awareness Program in School 1.0

Total 6.10

• Total project cost Rs. 3.0205 crore (i.e Rs.3,02,05,000 Lakhs) @ 2% CER - Rs. 6.10 Lakhs


Chapter 8- Project Benefit 8-2

8.2 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION

The manpower requirement will be approx. of 20-30 persons. Mostly local persons will be employed

in the mine. The impact of mining on the economic aspects can be clearly anticipated. The

employment potential will ameliorate economic conditions of these families directly and provide

employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and service oriented

activities.

The employment of local people in project will upgrade the prosperity of the region. These will in-turn

marginally improve the socio-economic conditions of the area.

Besides the above, with the implementation of this proposed Manganese mine project, revenue is

generated to State Government & marginally helpful to bridge up supply & demand gap of

manganese ore.

CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS




Chapter 9 – Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

The Project proponent has proposed to produce 2732 TPA ROM Manganese from the proposed mine

located at village Kawatha, Tehsil Saoner, District Nagpur in Maharashtra state. The environmental

costs for the project includes costs for controlling adverse impacts on ambient environment for air

quality, noise levels, water resources and quality, land environment, socio-economic environment,

crop productivity, etc. The Project Proponent will incur the environmental cost by adopting the

pollution control measures to minimize impacts on the environmental parameters of the area like:


Provision of mobile water sprinklers, green belt development on 7.5m safety zone, etc will be adopted

to control dust. Water sprinkling and controlled blasting will be carried out in order to reduce dust

generation.

Noise Control Measures

Necessary noise control measures like enclosures to stationary equipment, development of thick

green belt, periodic maintenance of machineries and equipment, etc will be carried out. Ear plugs/ear

muffs will be provided to workers exposed to high noise generating areas.

Water Pollution Control Measures

No process waste water will be expected to be generated except rain water from pit. The storm water

run-off from mine lease area would be diverted by garland drains all along the periphery of mine while

rain water, accumulated in pit would be supplied to nearby farmers after passing it through settling

tank. Domestic effluent from toilets will be discharged in septic tank and soak pit system.

Land degradation control Measures

Land use of the mine lease area will be changed. The mined out pits will be backfilled to the

maximum extent along with creation of water reservoir. Top soil will be spread on the backfilled area

and the original land use of the area may be resumed. Water reservoir will be developed in the lower

benches of the remaining mine pit and plantation will be carried out on the top benches.

Socio-economic conditions

The proposed mine will generate direct and indirect employment opportunities for the local people.

Also, there will be improvement in the infrastructure facilities in the nearby villages due to the

proposed mine. The development in the area will also support to increase the economic growth and

thereby the quality of life of the people.

9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The overall impact due to this mining activity will be positive. There will be opportunity for some

indirect employment to the nearby population & improvement in the infrastructure facilities mainly

education and medical facilities. The project proponent will play a proactive role in enhancing the

earnings and quality of life of the local population.

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

PLAN


Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10-1

CHPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

The environmental management plan consists of following set of mitigation, management, monitoring










Waste generation and pollution.

Judicious use of the present environmental management plan addresses, the components of

environment, which are likely to be affected by the different operations in proposed

manganese mine project.

10.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

CONSERVATION

The mine will be supervised and controlled by an independent Mines Manager supported by

adequate team of technically and statutorily qualified personnel apart from the operating staff of

skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled and other categories.

Environment Management Cell (EMC) will be established and headed by Lessee Smt. Rachana A.

Belorkar and will also comprise of the mines manager, Environmental Scientist, horticulture expert

and supervisor. The Organizational Structure of Environment Management Cell is presented in

Figure-10.1.

The Environmental scientist will be responsible for environment management activities in the mine.

Officers from various disciplines will co-ordinate the activities concerned with the management and

implementation of the environmental control measures. Basically, this cell will assist and guide mining

operations team in maintaining eco-friendly mine operations and waste dumping process and other

environmental issues. Besides this, EMC will supervise the monitoring of environmental pollution

levels viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level by appointing external agencies.

In addition, the cell will also involve in collection of statistics of health of workers and population of the

region, afforestation and green belt development & submission of periodical reports to the respective

statutory authorities.

In case, the environmental monitoring results are found to exceed the allowable limits, the

Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial action and gets these suggestions

implemented through the concerned authorities.



Note* since the project activity is very small the CSR activity will be supervised by Mine Manager

FIGURE 10.1: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

10.2 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ACTION PLAN PROPOSED FOR

MITIGATION

Anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation measures are summarized in Table-10.1.

TABLE 10.1:

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ACTION PLAN PROPOSED FOR MITIGATION

Environmental

Component Project Activities Impacts Action Plan Proposed

Air Quality

Drilling and

Blasting

Dust (SPM/RPM) is

produced during

drilling and blasting

operations

Use of dust aprons on drilling equipment and

adopting wet drilling methods.

Avoiding blasting during adverse weather

conditions.

Use of controlled blasting practice

Development of greenbelt.

Extraction of

manganese ore,

Loading /

unloading

activities

Increase in

SPM/RPM levels in

ambient air and

SO2/NOx

concentration levels

in ambient air due to

vehicular emissions.

Exposed area will be limited to the minimum

required for mining operations.

Periodic sprinkling of water on working faces,

Regular preventive maintenance of mine

machinery

Transportation of

manganese ore

Increase in

SPM/RPM level due

to dust generation

and SO2/NOx

concentration levels

in ambient air due to

vehicular emissions.

Regular sprinkling of water on haul and

access roads.

Periodic maintenance of transport vehicles.


General

equipment

operations

Increased SPM/RPM

and SO2/NOx

concentrations in

ambient air.

Regular maintenance of all equipment to

minimize particulate matter and gaseous

emissions from diesel engines.

Lessee

Mines Manager

Environmental Scientist

External Laboratory Approved by MoEF/MPCB & NABET accredited Environment

consultant

Chemist (1) Field Assistant (1)

Horticulture expert (1) Gardener (1)

Water Sprinkler Operator (1) Unskilled Labour (1)



Environmental


All activities Excessive

occupational

exposures to

airborne particulate

matter.

Provision of dust masks to workers exposed

to dusty operations / areas.

Noise Levels and

Ground Vibrations

Blasting High impulsive noise

levels, overpressure

and ground

vibrations impacts

and noise related

community

annoyance

Small scale blasting will be carried out.

Controlled blasting using delay detonators will

be carried out to minimize ground vibrations.

Charge per delay will be kept optimum.

Muffle blasting will be carried out in area

facing Kawatha habitation.

Blasting will be conducted during lunch

(noon) time when no employees are present

in mine working area.

General activities

including machine

operations and

transportation of

Manganese ore.

Increase in noise

levels occupational

hazard due to noise

exposures and

increase in ambient

noise levels.

Periodic maintenance of all mining machinery

and transport vehicles

Provision of effective silencers to all mine

machinery

Provision of ear plugs/ear muffs to workers

exposed to high noise generating operations

Development of thick plantation around mine

lease boundary to act as a noise screen.

Regular noise monitoring will be carried-out.

Water Resources

and Quality

Dewatering Reduction in

groundwater

availability

Deterioration in

surface/ground

water quality of

receiving body.

Surface run-off from mining area will be

collected in settling tank / mine sump and will

be used for dust suppression and plantation.

There will not be any process effluent

discharge from the mine.

Domestic effluent will be discharged in septic

tank and soak pit system.

At conceptual stage, mined out pit will be

converted into water reservoir, which will help

in recharging ground water table and will be

available to nearby villagers as an additional

surface water body.

Water required in

mine for dust

suppression,

plantation and

domestic use.

Reduction in

groundwater

availability for

domestic and for

irrigation purposes.

Surface run-off from mining area will be

collected in settling tank / mine sump and will

be used for dust suppression and plantation.

Water for drinking and domestic use will be

supplied from tanker from nearby village.





surface water body.

Rainwater harvesting structures will be

constructed in nearby villages.

Waste water

generated from

domestic usage at

Deterioration in

ground water and soil

quality when

There will not be any process effluent

discharge from the mine.

Domestic effluent will be discharged in septic



Environmental


mine. discharged untreated

for greenbelt

development

tank and soak pit system.

Hydrogeology and

Drainage pattern

Mining activities May impact regional

hydrology and

drainage pattern of

the area.

No ground water depletion. However, at

conceptual stage, mined out pit will be




surface water body.

Rainwater harvesting structures will be

constructed in nearby villages.

Landuse and Soil

Characteristics

Mining operations. Land use of the mine

lease area will be

changed.

Impact due to settling

of air borne dust on

soil outside ML area.

Land degradation

due to disposal of

solid wastes.

Development of thick plantation around mine

lease area, waste dump area and on

undisturbed area.

Adoption of adequate air pollution control

measures to control dust emissions.


converted into water reservoir. Plantation will

be developed on top benches of mined out

pit. This will improve aesthetic view of the ML

area.

Biological

environment

Dust emission

due to proposed

mining activity in

at Kawatha mine.

Dust deposition on

vegetation &

agriculture crop

around periphery of

ML area may reduce

the crop productivity

specifically within

500m from mine

lease area.

Development of thick green belt around mine

lease boundary and plantation on undisturbed

area, benches of mined out area, waste

dump area, etc. using native flora species.

Fencing around ML area to avoid stray

animals as the ML area near to forest area.

Transport through covered trucks. Water

Sprinkling will be carried out at loading &

unloading point; regular water sprinkling

within the mining area and also on haulage

road will be carried out.

The waste material/OB dumps will be

covered with shrubs and grasses plantation.

Environmental

Pollution, Health,

Safety

Overall Mining

operation

Occupational health

issues, Community

disturbance, risk of

accidents, etc

Adoption of suitable pollution control

measures in the mines like periodic water

sprinkling to avoid the dust nuisance

Provision of pre-employment and periodic

training on health and safety to all the

workers in the mine

Adoption of safe working practices

Maintaining proper housekeeping at working

places.

Provision of necessary personal protective

equipments to all mine workers

Periodic maintenance of mine machinery and

transport vehicles

Display of warning signals at strategic

locations.



Environmental


Socio-economic

Aspects

Mining operations Increase in

employment

opportunities both

direct and indirect

thereby increasing

economic status of

people of the region.

Direct employment from 20 to 30 persons.

Mostly local people will be employed in the

mine.

Mine management will carry out CSR

activities in the nearby villages to improve

socio-economic conditions of the villages.

The Mine management will spend about Rs.

1.30 Lakhs annually on CSR to improve the

basic facilities such as education, health and

sanitation and communication etc. in the

nearby villages.

10.3 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

The details of Environmental Management program for different environmental protection and control

activities along with capital and annual recurring cost are given in Table 10.2.

The capital cost of the project is approx. Rs 302 Lakhs. It is proposed to provide an amount of

Rs. 13.00 Lakh as capital cost and Rs. 9.00 Lakhs per annum as recurring expenses towards

implementation of the environmental action plan.

TABLE 10.2: BUDGET FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP

Sl.

No. Description of item

Capital Cost

(Rs. in lakh)

Recurring cost

(Rs. in lakh)

1 Air Pollution Control -

Water sprinkling on haul road & plantation

5.00 3.10

2 Water Pollution Control

(Settling tank, Garland Drains, etc.)

3.00 0.70

3 Environmental Monitoring - 2.50

4 Green belt Development/ plantation within ML area 2.00 0.80

5 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 3.00 0.60

6 Socio-economic welfare activities in nearby villages - 1.30

Total 13.00 9.00

CHAPTER -11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS


Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion 11- 1

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION


no. 251, 253, 254, 255, 259, 267, 268, 269, 271, 272 of Kawatha Village, Saoner Tehsil of Nagpur



29' 32.541" N & Longitudes 78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E. This is a proposed project.

The mineable reserve under Proved category is calculated to be about 6400 tonnes and production of

ROM will be @2732 TPA. The mined out area would be backfilled and plantation would be carried

out on reclaimed area after winning all possible minerals. Life of mine will be 5 Years. During the

period of mine plan further exploration is proposed in Mine lease area to enhance the Reserve

quantity

11.1.1 Identification of Project




method of mining. The project is applied for Environmental clearance as per EIA notification dated

14th September 2006 and its amendments. Since the applied mine lease area is located at 0.5 km

distance from Madhya Pradesh - Maharashtra Interstate Boundary, it falls under “Category A” based

on the Schedule Clause no 1(a) of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendments.

The ToR was granted by the Expert Appraisal Committee vide letter No. J-11015/227/2015-IA.II(M)

dated 9th November 2017. This EIA is prepared based on the approved ToR dated9th November

2017. The total cost of the project is estimated as Rs. 302 lakhs.




Maharashtra State

11.1.2 Location of the Project




method of mining.


57.810" N to 21° 29' 32.541" N & Longitudes 78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E.

TABLE 11.1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE



Village - Kawatha

Tehsil – Saoner



78° 53' 39.245" E to 78° 54' 5.703" E.







o C















lease area.







17. Nearest Industries Dolomite mines & other industries in 10 km area.







11.2.1 Method of Mining

It is proposed to carry out opencast manual mining method for this plan period i.e. five years. The

operations like drilling of shot hole, sorting of rock and breaking boulders at the site will be done

manually.





which is inclined. The sequence of unit operations in open cast manual mining consists of removal of

soil and waste material i.e. overburden and dumping at suitable site, fragmentation of mineral from in-

situ formation, excavation, sizing and sorting, loading and hauling and some other miscellaneous

work. All these operations will be carried out by manual means. The bench height will be restricted to

the statutory 1.5 m x 1.5 m as per the DGMS norms.



Drilling and blasting will be conducted in the mine for extracting Manganese Ore. The blasting will be

carried out by using proper explosives. Controlled and occasional blasting will be carried out and will

be procured/purchase from approved explosives vendor.

11.2.2 Anticipated life of the mine

The mineable reserve under proved category is calculated to be about 6400 tonnes and production of

ROM will be @2732 TPA. Life of the mine is estimated as 4.92 i.e. ~5 years.

11.2.3 Conceptual Mine Plan

Mining will be carried out by blasting followed by Jack Hammer Drill and manual loading, excavation

and removal of stone in conjunction with deep whole drilling and blasting. In this connection

guidelines issued by Director of Mine‟s Safety by various circular will be adopted. While preparing a

conceptual mining plan for the Manganese Lease, the following points and precepts have been kept

in view:

The lease is under renewal for duration of 50 years by the state govt.

The total ML area is 26.67 Ha and at the end of plan period of first five year total 25.3995 Ha.

Area will be unbroken.

7.5 safety barriers will be maintained.

The dumps will be suitably stabilized by means of proper terracing in the retreating fashion and

after attaining the proposed height, plantation would be carried out. Plantation in safety zone and

outside the lease under CSR activity and haul road dressing. The voids so left will be filled with

rain water and treated as water reservoir.

TABLE 11.2

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MINE



2. Area 26.67 ha













15. Source of Water Nearby water supplier

16. Water table

Depth of water level during Summer (pre-monsoon)Season :4-5

mtsbgl

Depth of water level during the Post Monsoon Season : 2- 3

mtsbgl




18.

Manganese (T)


Top Soil (T)

6,400 Tonnes

11572.82 Tonnes

3065.52 Tonnes



11.2.4 Waste Generation & Disposal




during the plan period. Most of the production will be sold and hence there will not be any generation

of un-sealable ore.


non- mineralized area. The waste will be loaded in to tippers by labors and same will be dumped at

designated dumping place, the dumps height will be maximum 6 meter, after dumping and

stabilization plantation will be done on inactive site of dump. The soil will be temporarily stacked

within the mine lease area and will be used for spreading on the safety barrier for plantation

11.2.5 Water Requirement & Source

Total water requirement for the project will be 15 KLD, which will be nearby water supplier. Water for drinking purposes will be supplied from tanker through nearby water supplier.

11.2.6 Manpower Requirement

Total manpower requirement for the project will be 20-30 persons.

11.2.7 Site Infrastructure




11.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

11.3.1 Baseline Environmental Studies

An environmental baseline monitoring was carried out as a part of EIA studies for proposed

manganese mine during Post monsoon season (October-December 2017).

11.3.2 Meteorology & Ambient Air Quality

Summary of Meteorological data generated at site (October-December 2017)

Temperature (°C) 16°C to 34°C

Relative Humidity (%) 18% to 94%

Wind Direction NE (23%)

Calm wind % 0.25%



Ambient Air Quality Status




air quality of the area. The locations were identified keeping in view predominant wind directions

prevailing during study period, sensitive receptors and human settlements. The levels of PM10, PM2.5,

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Carbon monoxide (CO), Volatile Organic

Compound (VOC), were monitored for establishing the baseline status. The minimum and maximum

values of monitoring results are summarized in Table 11.3.

TABLE 11.3:

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS

Sr. No.


µg/m3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 µg/m

3 mg/m

3 μg/m

3 μg/m

3

1. Dudhala Khurd

Min 41.3 13.2 5.5 8.1 0.105 5.6 6.1

Max 54.6 18.5 9.1 11.8 0.120 8.4 9.8

2. Malegaon Min 54.7 16.8 6.2 8.2 0.120 5.8 6.2

Max 64.8 21.8 10.9 11.9 0.142 8.7 9.9

3. Kelod Min 53.2 17.1 6.3 10.1 0.135 6.4 6.4

Max 69.1 23.9 11.9 15.6 0.154 9.6 9.8

4. Birgaon Min 68.1 23.6 9.0 11.7 0.221 6.2 6.5

Max 78.4 28.8 12.7 18.6 0.247 13.3 12.9

5. Kawatha Min 65.3 20.1 10.3 14.3 0.212 8.1 8.1

Max 84.6 27.8 13.8 19.8 0.231 11.4 11.3

6. Saonga Min 70.0 23.2 11.6 23.2 0.268 10.2 9.2

Max 78.6 30.1 15.7 29.7 0.319 14.3 15.4

7. Satnu Min 71.2 26.1 10.5 26.2 0.265 10.1 10.1

Max 84.3 33.4 17.4 34.3 0.329 16.8 15.6

8. Kharduka Min 45.3 15.1 6.3 8.2 0.152 5.2 5.1

Max 64.3 22.8 11.6 11.7 0.165 7.8 7.4

CPCB Standards 100

(24hr) 60

(24hr) 80

(24hr) 80

(24hr) 2

(8hr) 100

(8hr) 400

(24hr)

From the above results, it is observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

and NOx at all the monitoring locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB.




day time (8 hours) by DG set as power source.

11.3.3 Ambient Noise Levels

Ambient noise level monitoring was carried out at the 8 monitoring locations, those were selected for

ambient air quality monitoring. The monitoring results are summarized in Table 11.4.

TABLE 11.4:

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS


Leq Day Leq Night

1. Dudhala Khurd Residential 45.3 35.6

2. Malegaon Residential 52.1 42.1

3. Kelod Commercial 63.5 51.3

4. Birgaon Residential 53.2 41.6

5. Kawatha Silence 48.2 37.5

6. Saonga Commercial 61.8 50.2

7. Satnui Residential 54.2 41.5

8. Kharduka Residential 51.3 40.6







limits by CPCB.

11.3.4 Surface and Ground Water Resources & Quality


Considering the mine lease area and adjacent area, Quartz mica schist, Manganeferous quartzite &

Dolomite rock Formations can be easily encountered. In the mine lease area there is occurrence of

manganeferous quartzite boulders as float ore.






purpose. Depth to water level in pre & post monsoon ranges in study area in Saoner tehsil are 2-

4mbgl & 4-5 mbgl respectively. Whereas, in study area falling in Sausar tehsil of Chhindwara District

depth to water level in pre & post monsoon are 4-8 mbgl & 5-10 mbgl respectively.

Water Quality

The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying 8 ground

water (Bore wells/dug wells) samples in different villages and 2 surface water samples.








The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 is 500 mg/l whereas the permissible















166.54-430.50 mg/l.


















11.3.5 Land use Land Cover classification


been prepared using Resource SAT-2, sensor- LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution and date of



information on existing land use pattern, the following data covering approx. 21°24′11.66″ to 21°35′11.05″

N latitude and 78°54′00.79″ to 78°54′15.72″ E longitude and elevation ranging between 344-364 meter in

an around mining lease area and for whole 10 km study area is about 235-403 m.

The Land Cover classes and their coverage are summarized in Table 11.5.



TABLE 11.5:

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS


1






2

Agriculture Land

Cropland 230.15 73.30


3

Water bodies


Pond/Tank 1.22 0.39

4

Scrub/Waste Land


5 Dense Forest


6

Mining/Stone Quarry 1.13 0.36

Total 314 100

11.3.6 Soil Quality


conditions in and around the proposed project site representing various land use conditions. The physical,

chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined. The samples were collected by

ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 15-20 cm. Total 8 samples within the study area were

collected and analyzed.

Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils thus inducing compaction. This results in

reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of roots through soils. The soils with low bulk density

have favorable physical conditions whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions for

agriculture crops. The bulk density of the soil in the study area ranged between 1.41-1.61 g/cc which

indicates favorable physical condition for plant growth. The water holding capacity is between 18.45-34.06

%. Infiltration rate, in the soil is in the range of 15.99-26.62 mm/hr. The important soluble cations in the soil

are calcium and magnesium whose concentration levels ranged from 209.52-486.44 mg/Kg and 75.12-

153.05 mg/Kg respectively. Chloride is in the range of 186.39-829.71 mg/Kg. Organic matter and nitrogen

were found in the range of 0.34-2.17 % and 125.17-161.12 kg/ha.


Flora and Fauna are important features of natural environment. They are organized into communities with

mutual dependencies among their members and show various responses and sensitivities to outside

influences. Therefore, nature of development and baseline characteristics of flora and fauna around the

site of proposed activities is required to be assessed. Hence, the present study is conducted to generate

the baseline pertaining to biological environment and assessment of the impact due to proposed

Manganese Project on biotic environment.




The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant

and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and

subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific

base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity.

Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any threat category, by RED

data book of Indian Plants. (Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN,

2010; BSI, 2003)



unit, especially species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding

region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species none

were assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.

Aquatic Plant Diversity:

Kanhan River is passing through the study area. The study area is also having few fresh water

ponds. The water bodies observed in low lying areas exist with patches of marshy depressions and

swamps as well as perennial water bodies of varying shape, size and depth.







Anchored hydrophytes with floating shoots: Ludwigia aquarium and Ipomea aquatica.






top carnivore not observed in the study area either direct or indirect evidences but its existence in the

buffer area were taken in consideration as Sitagondi Reserve forest is a part of study area. During the

site survey, indirect evidences in the form of pellets of Bluebull, Cheetal, Barking Deer, Chinkara,

Hanuman langur were observed in reserve forest of the study area. Among the reported species no

Schedule I species were observed in Core Area.



the river (Kanhan River), ponds and streams.


Information on socio-demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius, was

collected through primary social survey and secondary data from census 2011 & village directory

2001. Summary of the socio-economic status of the study area is given in Table 11.6.

TABLE 11.6:



SUMMARY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF VILLAGES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS AREA

No. of villages 30

Total households 7034

Total population 29968

Male Population 15326

Female population 14642

SC Population 5381

ST Population 2935

Total literates 21926

Total workers 15859

Total main workers 13544

Total marginal workers 2315

Total non-workers 14109

TABLE 11.6(A):

DETAILS REGARDING EDUCATION FACILITIES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS STUDY AREA

Gov

Pre

Primar

y

School

Gov.

Prima

ry

scho

ol

Private

primary

school

Gov.

Middle

School

Private

Middle

School

Gov.

Secondary

School

Gov.

Senior

Secondary

School

Private

Senior

Secondary

School

Gov. Arts,

Science

Degree

College

Pvt. Arts,

Sci.&

Comm.

College

28 27 28 09 03 05 01 0 0 0

Source: District census handbook 2011, District Nagpur and Chhindwada State Madhya Pradesh &

Maharashtra


11.4.1 Impact on Topography, Drainage & Landuse

There is no forest land involved in the mine lease area. The existing topography of the mine lease

area will be altered due to the proposed mining operations. However, there will not be any changes in

the topography of the area located outside the mine lease area as all the mining activities will be

conducted within mine lease area only.


except small seasonal gully developed due to rain water within mine lease area which will be

unaffected or unaltered by proposed manual mining activity.





11.4.2 Ambient Air Quality

Impacts on Air Quality

To assess the impact of the Kawatha Manganese Mine operations from the, air quality modeling was

carried out for the mining operations and the mineral transportation activities. The modeling was

carried out using MoEF/CPCB approved ISCST3 model.



The cumulative concentration levels (Ambient + predicted incremental rise) reveals that the

concentration level for ROM particulate matter occurring in the WSW and SW directions with a

concentration levels (cumulative) of 88.2 μg/m3 (overall activity), 84.74μg/m3 (blasting) and for OB

particulate matter occurring in the WSW and SW directions with a concentration levels (cumulative) of

88.8 μg/m3 (overall activity), 84.85 g/m3 (blasting), which is found to be below the ambient air quality

standards. Hence it is inferred that considering cumulative concentration levels, the pollution load

exerted due to mining activity will be insignificant.


No blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions.

Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements or dust collector.

Water sprinkling on haul roads at regular intervals.

Regular maintenance of haul road.

Water sprinkling during loading operations to control dust emissions.

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery.

Provision of Dust masks to workmen.

Plantation of thick green belt around lease boundary, road sides and dumps.

Covered transport of manganese ore to end user.

Good housekeeping would be practiced to control air pollution.

11.4.3 Ambient Noise Levels & Ground vibrations

For predicting the impacts on ambient noise levels, 'DHWANI' Noise model, developed by NEERI was

used. From the modeling results, it was observed the maximum predicted noise level within the mine

boundary (0.3 km radius) is 4 7.6-57.1 dB (A). Noise level at a distance of 0.5 km radius of the mine is

predicted to be less than 45 dB (A) which is well within the standards. The nearest human settlement

(Dudhala Khurd) is 1.4 km away from project site and resultant noise level at this village is 45.6 dB(A)

and 38.0 dB(A) at day night respectively. Another nearest human settlement (Kawtha) is 2.2 km away

from project site and resultant noise level at this village is 48.3 dB(A) and 38.3 dB(A) at day night

respectively. Thus, no significant impact will take place on the ambient noise levels due to the

proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine operations.

Ground vibrations

The ground vibrations and peak particle velocity due to the blasting is calculated using the empirical

equation as per guidelines of Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), Dhanbad. It is calculated that

there is no significant impact on surrounding villages due to blasting and thereby ground vibration.

Proposed Noise Control Measures

Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise.

Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, and optimum charge/delay will be maintained.

Proper maintenance, of machines at regular intervals will be done to reduce generation of noise.

Proper designing by providing inbuilt mechanism like silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing pads at the foundation.



Green Belt/Plantation will be developed around the mining activity area and along haul roads.

Ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to persons working at high noise generating area

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

Measures to Control Ground Vibration & Fly Rocks

Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks.

Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained.

Charge per delay will be minimized and more number of delays will be used per blasts;

During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped;

Drilling parameters will be properly designed to give proper blast.

Muffle blasting using wire mesh and sand bags will be conducted at mine working near ML boundary towards habitation.

Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of explosives.

11.4.4 Water Resources & Quality

Impact on Water Resources & Quality

As the ultimate depth of mining is 4m from the surface, the groundwater table level will not be

intersected & hence there will not be any quantitative or qualitative effect on the groundwater in the

study area due to proposed mining activity. Due to undulating topography and location of mine lease

area close to the Kanhan River, which continuously recharges the ground water table in the area,

there will not be any significant impact on the ground water table of the area. Hence, no impact is

envisaged on the surface water resources due to mining in the proposed Kawatha Manganese Ore

Mine.

Proposed Water Conservation & Water Pollution Control Measures




farmers.

Check dams and gully plugs will be constructed at strategic locations along the hill slope to arrest silt

wash-off during rainy season.

11.4.5 Solid Waste Generation & Management





retreating fashion and after attaining the proposed height, plantation would be carried out. The angle





un-sealable ore.




There is no Forest land, National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve within 10 km radius

of the project site. No rare, endemic & endangered species are reported in the buffer zone.

Based on past experience, dust deposition on leaf lamina will takes place on nearby plants and

agriculture crops along the transport road which may results in decline the rate of photosynthesis and

retards the plant growth and cause crop damage. However, the magnitude of operation involve will be

limited as it is manual opencast mine having production capacity around 2732 TPA. Thus,

insignificant impact on terrestrial flora envisaged. Control measures like water sprinkling within ML

area will be adopted.

Proposed Biological Environment Conservation Measures

Dust issues are mainly raised in the area due to unpaved road, cumulative fugitive dust emissions

by various mining activities. To mitigate the impact regular water sprinkling will be carried out

within the mine lease area as well as approach road.

Stabilization of soil/waste dumps by grass cover shall be done.

Fencing around the mine lease area to restrict the entry of stray animals

Thick Green belt will be developed around mine lease area and along transport road.

Periodic maintenance of mineral transport road

Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tanker on mineral transport road up to railway siding.

Covered Transport

Monitoring of dust fall at agriculture land located nearby the mining area.


There is no habitation or private land within mine lease area. There is no rehabilitation and

resettlement involved in the project.

This is a small manual opencast manganese mine. Around 20-30 persons will be employed in the

mine. Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine.

The existing infrastructure facilities are sufficient to cater the needs of the mine. However, the

mine management will take efforts as a part of CSR for improvement in civic amenities like

sanitation, drinking water facilities, transport road, etc in the nearby villages.

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM



experience in the field of environmental management. Environmental monitoring of Ambient Air

Quality, Water table depth, Water quality, Ambient Noise Levels, Soil Quality, etc. will be carried out

through MOEF accredited agencies regularly and reports will be submitted to MPCB/MoEF.

11.6 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The assessment of risk in the proposed manganese mine project has been estimated for Slope

failure, Handling of explosives, Fly-rocks during blasting, Movement of Trucks/Tippers Inundation due

to surface water, Dust hazards, Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets and

EIA/EMP report.

A detailed Disaster Management Plan for facing disasters due to natural effects and human reasons

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same

flooding of lower benches and corresponding mitigation measures are suggested in the final

is prepared and incorporated in the final EIA/EMP report for ensuring safety of life, protection of



order of priorities. For effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely

circulated and personnel training through rehearsals. Site facilities, procedures, Duties and

responsibilities, Communications, etc is considered in detail in the Disaster Management Plan.

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed mining project at Kawatha village would generate additional employment opportunities

which would finally result in improvement in the quality of life of people of the nearby villages. In line

with this CSR policy, project proponent will carry community welfare activities in the following areas:

Community development

Education

Health& medical care

Drainage and sanitation

Roads

A budget of Rs. 1.30 Lakh per annum as recurring expenses has been proposed for implementation

of Socio-economic welfare activities in the nearby villages. Provision for CER is also made in this

EIA/EMP as per the MoEF notification F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018.

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Plan comprise of following set of mitigation, management, monitoring










Control of waste generation and pollution.

Judicious use of the environmental management plan addresses the components of environment,

which are likely to be affected by the different operations in the project. A budget of Rs. 13.0 Lakh as

capital cost and Rs. 9.00 Lakh as recurring expenses has been allocated for implementation of the

Environmental Management Plan.

11.9 CONCLUSION

The proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine (Lease area: 26.67 Ha) project of Smt. Rachana A

Belorkar, will be beneficial for the development of the nearby villages. Some environmental aspects

like dust emission, noise, siltation due to surface run-off, etc. will have to be controlled within the

permissible norms to avoid impacts on the surrounding environment. Necessary pollution control

equipment like water sprinkling, plantation, personal protective equipments, etc., will form regular

practice in the project. Additional pollution control measures and environmental conservation

measures will be adopted to control/minimize impacts on the environment and socio-economic



environment of the area. Measures like development of thick green belt and plantation within mine

lease area and along transport road, adoption of rainwater harvesting in the mine and in nearby

villages, etc. will be implemented. The CSR measures proposed to be adopted by the mine

management will improve the social, economic status of the nearby villages.

The overall impacts of the proposed Kawatha Manganese Mine will be positive and will result in

overall socio-economic growth of nearby villages.

CHAPTER -12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


Chapter 12- Disclosure of Consultants 12-1

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 INTRODUCTION

Anacon established in 1993 as an analytical testing laboratory and now a leading Environmental

Consultancy firm backed by testing lab for environment and food in Central India region. The lab is

well equipped with basic infrastructural facilities and manpower. We are rendering our services in this

field to various industries since last 20 years. We are a group of experienced former Scientists from

the Government Institutions and recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi for

carrying out environmental Studies & accredited by Quality Council of India (QCI) for conducting

Environmental studies vide accreditation Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1619S/RA0059 dtd. 29th June

2017 Valid till 01st October 2019 as category A consultant organization in 15 Sectors viz. Mining

projects, River Valley & Irrigation projects, Thermal Power Plants, Coal Washeries, Metallurgical

Industries, Cement Plants, Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries, Distilleries, Oil & gas

transportation pipeline, Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals, Airports, Highways,

Railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport systems, Common Effluent Treatment Plants

(CETPs), Building and large construction projects.

Our organization is also certified by ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 & our Lab

division is accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories

(NABL, Govt. of India) for Chemical, Biological & Mechanical Testing vide certificate No. T-

1550, T-1826 & T-2344 respectively for 1500 parameters for Water, Food & Agricultural

products, Cereals, Pulses, Bakery products, Spices & Condiments, Milk & Dairy products &

Chemical Testing of Ores & Minerals, Coal/Coke & Cosmetic products. We are also approved by

'Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)’. We are recognized by Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM) as a RQP for

preparation of Mine Plan / Scheme. Anacon has received approval by Govt. of India, “APEDA” -

Export Quality Certification for Agricultural produce such as fresh fruits vegetables, cereals & Pulses

etc. (as per US & European guidelines).

We are pleased to inform you that we have received “MSME National Award 2010” for

“Outstanding Entrepreneurship Performance” on 2nd Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi.

We are also working for various industries in the sectors of Steel, Cement, Power, Distilleries, Textile

and Pharmaceuticals. Our activities are spread in the states of Assam, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand,

Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Orissa & Maharashtra. Our esteemed client group includes many large

scale industries from private as well as the Public Sector Units. National Productivity Council,

BALCO, MECON, TATA STEEL, LAFARGE, GRASIM, Ultra Tech Cement Ltd., RAYMONDS, LUPIN,

Ranbaxy, GAIL, Seagram & Sagar Distilleries and Sponge Iron are our major clients. To know more

about our Group and the assignments completed please visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com.

We have expanded and commissioned laboratory at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34,

35 equipped with highly sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple

quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS, UV–Vis, FTIR, IC, CHNS analyzer etc. for chemical analysis for the samples

viz. Water, Air, Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides,

Insecticides, Ores, etc.,

We have successfully carried out studies related to Air, Noise, Water, Wastewater, Hazardous

Waste, Land Environment, Ecology, Risk & Hazard management and Socio-economy as a part of

EIA studies of various industries. We have also carried land use and land cover studies based on the

satellite imageries.



Our operations are spread over in six different states in Central India region with branches at

Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Maharashtra and Delhi.

12.2 CREDENTIALS & QUALITY SYSTEMS

Our laboratory is registered with following Govt. departments for providing technical services in the

field of environment. The registration numbers are as follows;

1. Recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) vide Notification No. D.L-33004/99

dt.24.10.2007– under EPA. http://moef.gov.in/legis/env/so1811e.pdf & subsequent renewal wide

notification SO 21 (E) dtd. 3rd January 2014.

2. National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-01550 w.e.f. 04.10.2016.





5. Approved by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for ISI mark certification vide No. CL/CQAPD/OSL

(7124116) dt.16.12.2011 for package drinking water, milk and its products.

6. Authorized by Food Safety & Standards Authority of India under FSS Act.

7. ISO 9001:2008 vide Registration No. 44 100 124446-E3, ISO14001:2004 vide registration No.44

104 124446-E3 and OHSAS 18001:2007 vide registration No. 44 116 124446-E3.

8. Accredited as EIA Consultant Organization under NABET-QCI, vide accreditation Certificate No:

NABET/EIA/1619/RA0059 dtd. 29th June 2017 Valid till 01st October 2019 as category A

consultant organization in 15 Sectors.

9. Mah. Govt.WQM2003/PK26(2)PP12 Dt.1.9.2004 – Drinking water quality monitoring

10. Mah. Govt.JSP 2004/PK3715 PP11Dt.28.04.2004 – Hydrogeological survey

11. RQP/NGP/328/2005/B dt.01.02.2005 – Indian Bureau of Mines for preparation of mine plan, mine

closure plan.

12. SPCB, Odisha No.3091 dt.13.02.2008

13. RSPCB, empanelment of environment consultant & analytical laboratory in continuation to

Board’s circular no. F.14 (3) Corres/RPCB/Plg/3491-3514 dt.14.12.2009 & Dt.25.3.2010 as

testing lab under EPA & Env. Consultant.

14. RSPCB recognition of laboratory for Air pollution studies vide notification dated May 20, 2009 and

published in Rajasthan Gazette Extraordinary dated June 22, 2009

For the organizational statutory requirement the registration numbers are as follows;

1. Company Law Board Registered 2. Provident Fund Registered

3. Professional tax Registered 4. ESIC Registered

5. Service Tax Registered 6. Income Tax - Registered

7. MSMED Registered

http://moef.gov.in/legis/env/so1811e.pdf



12.3 SERVICES OFFERED

Air (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify)

Yes - Stack and Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, Survey / Modeling as per MoEF requirements. Specific gas monitoring like PM 10, PM 2.5,HC, CO, O2, CO2 & VOCs using state of art microprocessor based portable kits.

Water : Surface, sea, inland & groundwater (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify) Geohydrological Survey

Yes - Monitoring of Water Environment in EIA projects, hydrogeological survey and water shed development.

Soil (Analysis, Remediation, Salt water intrusions, Water Harvesting etc)

Yes – Monitoring of land environment in EIA projects.

Plant (Effect of pollution, Treatment Technologies, Pollution Indicators etc.)

Yes - The effect of pollutant from various industrial sectors has been evaluated in terrestrial ecology of EIA project.

Assessment & impact studies on Biodiversity (Flora and Fauna)

Yes – Studies on biodiversity has been reported in EIA projects.

Municipal Solid Wastes (Analysis, Management – Handling, Storage, Transportation, Treatment and Disposal, Site Identification, remediation, Development/ Evaluation of Technology etc.)

Yes National Productivity Council is utilizing our services for monitoring and analysis of solid waste samples, which includes sampling and analysis of solid waste samples. Anacon lab can undertake the consultancy project on solid waste management for municipal corporation, resorts and newly developed cities. Preparation of detailed feasibility report is an expertise of Anacon lab.

Hazardous Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities, Technology Assessment etc., Pl. specify)

Yes – The project on development of landfill site including Engineering design, Hydrogeological studies and Environmental quality in respect of the Air, Water and Soil have been successfully completed for Force Motors (Bajaj Tempo), Kinetic Motors and Pratibha Syntex, Pithampur, Indore (MP)

Noise (Monitoring/Survey, Modeling etc)

Yes – The monitoring of the Noise Environment in the Impact zone of the industries and in plant have been carried out by Anacon Lab.

Bio-Medical Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities Tech. Assessment etc., Pl. Specify)

Yes – The survey of Hospital waste management have been carried out in few cases.

Hazardous Chemicals (Site assessment, Inspection of Storages, Major Accident Hazards, Preparation / assessment of Safety Report, risk assessment / Onsite / offsite Emergency Plan preparation etc.)

Yes – The storage of the hazardous chemicals have been assessed in respect of fugitive emissions and risk assessment for Pharmaceutical Industries at Lupin, Mandideep, Bhopal (M.P.). Four dumping sites developed maxi cap 8000 Tons for BALCO, Korba, Chhattisgarh.

Plastic Wastes (Management, recycling/reuse technology evaluation etc.)

Yes – On the similar line of solid waste management, studies on the plastic waste management could be undertaken by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Electronic Waste (Management, recycling/reuse, technology evaluation etc.)

No

Environmental Education/Awareness (Projects approved/ grants received /campaigns carried out etc.)

Yes - Conducted Workshop at Raipur on 14.2.04 Theme - Latest Trends in Mining Technical and Legislative requirements, 67 participants attended. ; Conducted several Environment Awareness programs for PCB on different topics and also at Educational institutions/P.G. Departments. College students along with HOD have visited Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., for Educational tour. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., has participated as a Key participant at CII seminar in the field of mining industries at Raipur Dt. 22.03.2006.



Environmental Impact Assessment (EIAs carried out/ sector wise expertise in EIA/ clearances obtained from MoEF / State Government etc )

Yes - Successfully completed 105 EIA studies and 48 EIA presented before MoEF & environmental clearance is granted; remaining 57 presented at State level & the environmental clearance is granted, till end of 2013.

Environmental Audit/s (Details of the audits conducted along with client list and Purposes of such audits)

Yes for various types of Industries. Conducted water audits for 17 Reserve banks in India

Energy Audits / Water Audits (Expertise available, list of the clients and details on such audits)

Yes - Energy Audit for L & T Hirmi, Raipur on STP to conserve energy. In this exercise saving of the 40 % energy is suggested.

Environmental Planning & Management (Projects undertaken/ expertise for actual field implementation of the EMP)

Yes - The special efforts have been put up by Anacon for Seagram Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., and Sagar Industries & Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., Nashik for planning and implementation of EMP. Other projects also have been executed on Environmental Planning and Management.

Others (R&D Projects) (State briefly the other activities of your organization and the success Stories, if any)

Yes – 1.Conducted feasibility studies for pyrite recovery plant for 1000 TPD Cap for GHCL Lignite mine to reduce Sulphur from 7 % to 2 % 2. Identification of route cause for river bed drying (300 m width) for Lafarge, Raipur

12.4 FACILITIES

Anacon offer vide range of services in indoor and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization

in the field of Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team of

professionals in the fields of Science, Engineering, Ecology, Meteorology, Social Planning, Geo &

Hydro-geology, and Environmental Planning.

Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers, PM 2.5 Automatic

Weather Monitoring Stations, Stack Monitoring Kits, Personal Samplers, Noise Meters, Portable

Water Kits etc, the other major specialized equipment include:

Anacon Laboratories has well equipped with sophisticated instrument such as Thermo ICAP 6300

ICP UK make – OES Radial View Spectrometer with Standard Gas System for analysis of heavy

metals, required for the analysis of water (130 parameters as per various categories of IS standards

for water ), wastewater & Hazardous waste + Gas Chromatograph.

We have expanded and commissioned biggest state of art Environment and Food testing laboratory

in Central India region at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34, 35 equipped with highly

sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS,

UV–Vis, FTIR, IC, CHNS Analyser etc. for chemical analysis for the samples viz. Water, Air,

Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides, Insecticides, Ores,

etc., kindly visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com.

Anacon Laboratories has established the facilities for Ambient Air Quality by using US Make

Meteorological Station and High Volume Sampler. Stack Monitoring is also undertaken. The

methodology for estimation of SO2, NOx, SPM, PM10, P.M.2.5 has been established along with project

specific pollutant e.g. HM, CO, O3, CO2 VOC, HC etc.

12.5 ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Anacon laboratory recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act by GOI in 2007,

Environment Division with its best mind power and industrial knowledge competency that

allows it to compare with the standards set by GOI as a Competent Organization.

http://www.anaconlaboratories.com/



2. Anacon has organized 10 days training program for the FDA officials, Government of

Maharashtra from 16.08.2010 to 27.08.2010 on newly announced “Food Safety & Standards

Act, 2011”

3. Anacon has received “MSME National Award 2010” for “Outstanding Entrepreneurship

Performance in service sector” on 2nd Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi.

4. Anacon has signed MOU with Nagpur University, Nagpur to Promote Academic and Research

Cooperation in Feb’2012. Under this program Post Graduate i.e. post M.Sc., M. Tech students

professional training programs and R&D projects are undertaken on regular basis to meet

Industry – Academia requirements for human resource development.

5. Dr. (Mrs.) Sugandha Garway, Director, ANACON Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has been selected on

the panel of the National food standards harmonization / development process for our country

by Food Safety Authority of India.

6. Anacon has signed the MOU dtd. 26th Dec. 2012 for soil testing for a period of two years from

Agriculture Department, Government of Chhattisgarh, season wise soil samples are collected

for each farm and analyzed, fertilizer dosing is advised on appropriate time in order to

increase crop yield and Soil health cards are issued to every farmer of different districts of

Chattisgarh.

7. Anacon has executed the work of water Quality monitoring to maintain overall residual

chlorine in the entire city of Nagpur for period from 16.06.2007 to 31.01.2012 and in the period

Anacon team has worked sincerely to the best of our ability by utilizing all Technical expertise

to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal authorities concerned. Anacon has delivered

consistent results from last 5 years as a result which water borne deceases i.e. jaundice &

gastro have been reduced to the extent of 70 %. Nagpur Municipal Corporation is leading in

India for successful implementation of 24 x 7 water supply schemes under JNURM scheme,

GOI and Anacon contributed for improving water quality in the entire city of Nagpur. Anacon

has also designed & developed dedicated website for tracking the Water quality of the city.

8. Anacon has executed the work of "Source apportionment studies "of National Environmental

Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur vide Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-

GL dt.22.01.2008 & Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-GL dt.02.05.2008 for 236 Air Dust

Samples for 33 elements using ICPA instrument, all results submitted as per Internationally

approved procedures and standards, and also Quality Assurance & Quality Control (QA/QC)

procedures were followed strictly during analysis.

9. Anacon Lab is executing the project of Rajiv Gandhi Science and Technology commission,

Government of Maharashtra, for" Evaluation studies of water purification systems in 16

schools of the rural areas nearby Nagpur.

10. Anacon has completed the TRANSIT SURVEY of SEONATH RIVER, M/s Lafarge India Pvt.

Ltd., Sonadih Cement Plant, Raipur (C.G.) Sonadih river width 300 M, bed was drying, route

cause analysis was identified and corrective measures suggested were implemented by

Lafarge and the solution was provided successfully.

11. Training has been imparted on "Pesticide residue analysis" to scientists of National Test

House, Mumbai & "Coal analysis" to scientists of NALCO, Orissa.

12. ANACON has signed MOU with Nagpur University & Kada College Ahmednagar to undertake

joint collaborative projects, imparting training to students & staff & to provide incubation centre

for research projects undertaken by academicians.

13. ANACON has also completed mapping of water quality of 2 districts of Madhya Pradesh.

Final EIA Report - Welcome to...

Documents

Transcript of Final EIA Report - Welcome to...